JP2022085473A - Game machine - Google Patents

Game machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2022085473A
JP2022085473A JP2020197182A JP2020197182A JP2022085473A JP 2022085473 A JP2022085473 A JP 2022085473A JP 2020197182 A JP2020197182 A JP 2020197182A JP 2020197182 A JP2020197182 A JP 2020197182A JP 2022085473 A JP2022085473 A JP 2022085473A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
ball
specific
small hit
state
winning
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2020197182A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP7269659B2 (en
Inventor
徹 吉田
Toru Yoshida
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Newgin Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Newgin Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Newgin Co Ltd filed Critical Newgin Co Ltd
Priority to JP2020197182A priority Critical patent/JP7269659B2/en
Publication of JP2022085473A publication Critical patent/JP2022085473A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP7269659B2 publication Critical patent/JP7269659B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10Energy storage using batteries

Abstract

To provide a game machine that can improve interest by using a configuration of sorting a game ball winning a special winning port into a specific ball entry area and a non-specific ball entry area.SOLUTION: A pachinko machine 10 has 2-specific recesses v1, v2 and 6-non-specific recesses h1-h6 at a sorting part 80 for sorting a game ball winning an upper special winning port 51 in a small winning game state, and generates a jackpot game state with the game ball having ball entry in the specific recesses v1, v2 during the small winning game state. Shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are provided in the position capable of coming in contact with the game ball in the sorting part 80. According to the displacement by the constant operation, at least one of the non-specific recesses h1-h6 is switched from one side of a ball entry permission form and a ball entry inhibition form to the other side, and thereby, the ball entry probability of the prize-winning ball to the upper special winning port 51 to the specific recesses v1, v2 is changed.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 10

Description

本発明は、遊技球を用いて遊技を行う遊技機に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a gaming machine that plays a game using a gaming ball.

遊技機の代表例の一つとしてのパチンコ機には、パチンコ球が流下可能な遊技領域を前面側に形成する遊技盤が着脱自在に配設されている。遊技領域には、パチンコ球が入賞可能な始動入賞口や特別入賞口が設けられており、始動入賞口への入賞を契機とする当り判定の結果に応じて図柄表示部での図柄の変動表示を行うと共に、該当り判定が当りの結果であった場合に特別入賞口を開放して、遊技者が特別入賞口にパチンコ球を入賞させることで多くの賞球を得られるようになっている。 The pachinko machine, which is one of the representative examples of the game machine, is detachably arranged with a game board that forms a game area on the front side where the pachinko ball can flow down. In the game area, a starting prize opening and a special winning opening in which pachinko balls can be won are provided, and a variation display of the symbol on the symbol display unit is provided according to the result of a hit determination triggered by winning the starting winning opening. At the same time, if the hit judgment is a winning result, the special prize opening is opened, and the player can get a lot of prize balls by letting the player win a pachinko ball in the special prize opening. ..

近年のパチンコ機としては、例えば、小当りにおいて特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を特定入球領域および非特定入球領域に振り分け、特定入球領域へのパチンコ球の通過を契機として小当りから大当りへと発展させるといった遊技性を採用するものがある(例えば、特許文献1)。 As a recent pachinko machine, for example, a game ball that has won a special winning opening in a small hit is distributed to a specific entry area and a non-specific entry area, and the pachinko ball passes through the specific entry area from the small hit. Some adopt playability such as developing into a big hit (for example, Patent Document 1).

特開2014-83372号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-83372

前述のパチンコ機では、特別入賞口に入賞したパチンコ球の挙動によってその後の遊技内容が変化するため、遊技の興趣を向上し得る。しかしながら、特定入賞口への入賞球を振り分ける態様自体は概ね単調であり、未だ改善の余地がある。 In the above-mentioned pachinko machine, the content of the subsequent game changes depending on the behavior of the pachinko ball that has won the special prize opening, so that the interest of the game can be improved. However, the mode of distributing the winning balls to the specific winning openings is generally monotonous, and there is still room for improvement.

そこで本発明は、従来の技術に内在する前記問題に鑑み、これらを好適に解決するべく提案されたものであって、特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を特定入球領域および非特定入球領域に振り分ける構成を利用して興趣向上を図ることが可能な遊技機を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, the present invention has been proposed in view of the above-mentioned problems inherent in the prior art, and has been proposed to suitably solve these problems. The purpose is to provide a game machine that can improve the interest by using the configuration that distributes to.

前記課題を克服し、所期の目的を達成するため、本願請求項1に係る発明は、
遊技領域(21)に設けられて遊技球が入賞可能な始動入賞口(31,32)および特別入賞口(51)と、前記始動入賞口(31,32)への遊技球の入賞を契機として判定処理を実行し、該判定処理の結果が特定結果となった場合に、前記特別入賞口(51)に遊技球が入賞可能な第1遊技状態を生起させる遊技制御手段(60a)と、前記特別入賞口(51)に入賞した遊技球を複数の入球領域に振り分ける振分部(80)とを備え、前記第1遊技状態中に前記複数の入球領域(h1~h6,v1,v2)のうち特定入球領域(v1,v2)に遊技球が入球したことを契機として遊技者に有利な第2遊技状態を生起させる遊技機において、
前記振分部(80)は、前記特別入賞口(51)に入賞した遊技球を前記複数の入球領域(h1~h6,v1,v2)の何れかを通じて前記遊技領域(21)外に排出するように構成され、前記複数の入球領域(h1~h6,v1,v2)として、1つ以上の前記特定入球領域(v1,v2)と、複数の非特定入球領域(h1~h6)とを有すると共に、前記特別入賞口(51)に入賞した遊技球と接触し得る位置に可動体(91a,92a,93a)を有し、
前記遊技制御手段(60a)は、
複数種類の前記第1遊技状態を生起可能であり、
前記可動体(91a,92a,93a)による一定の動作を前記第1遊技状態の種類に関わらず共通のタイミングで開始させる一方、該第1遊技状態の種類に応じて異なる開放期間に前記特別入賞口(51)を開放して遊技球の入賞を許容するよう構成されていると共に、
前記可動体(91a,92a,93a)の前記一定の動作による位置変化に応じて少なくとも1つの前記非特定入球領域(h1~h6)を入球許容形態および入球阻害形態の一方から他方に切り替えることで、前記特別入賞口(51)に入賞した遊技球の前記特定入球領域(v1,v2)への入球確率を変化させるよう構成されていることを要旨とする。
請求項1に係る発明によれば、第1遊技状態において遊技球が入賞可能となる特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を振り分ける振分部は、1つ以上の特定入球領域と複数の非特定入球領域とを有し、これらの入球領域の何れかを通じて、特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を遊技領域外に排出する。また振分部は、特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球と接触し得る位置に可動体を有しており、可動体の位置変化に応じて特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球の特定入球領域への入球確率を変化させる。複数種類の第1遊技状態において共通のタイミングで可動体に一定の動作を開始させる一方、その第1遊技状態の種類に応じて特別入賞口の開放期間を異ならせることで、第1遊技状態の種類に応じて特定入球領域への遊技球の入球確率を異ならせることができ、これにより、第2遊技状態が生起されることへの期待度に幅を持たせて遊技の興趣を高め得る。ここで、特定入球領域への入球確率の変化は、可動体の位置変化に応じて少なくとも1つの非特定入球領域が入球許容状態および入球阻害状態の一方から他方に切り替わることにより生じる。従って、振分部での遊技球の挙動に対する遊技者の関心を高め得る。
In order to overcome the above-mentioned problems and achieve the intended purpose, the invention according to claim 1 of the present application is used.
The starting winning opening (31,32) and the special winning opening (51) provided in the gaming area (21) where the gaming ball can win, and the winning of the gaming ball to the starting winning opening (31,32) are triggered. A gaming control means (60a) that causes a first gaming state in which a gaming ball can win a prize in the special winning opening (51) when a determination process is executed and the result of the determination process becomes a specific result, and the above-mentioned The special winning opening (51) is provided with a distribution unit (80) for distributing the winning game balls to a plurality of winning areas, and the plurality of winning areas (h1 to h6, v1, v2) are provided during the first gaming state. ), In a gaming machine that causes a second gaming state that is advantageous to the player when the gaming ball enters the specific entry area (v1, v2).
The distribution unit (80) discharges the game ball winning in the special winning opening (51) to the outside of the game area (21) through any of the plurality of entering areas (h1 to h6, v1, v2). As the plurality of entry areas (h1 to h6, v1, v2), one or more of the specific entry areas (v1, v2) and a plurality of non-specific entry areas (h1 to h6). ) And a movable body (91a, 92a, 93a) at a position where it can come into contact with the game ball won in the special winning opening (51).
The game control means (60a) is
It is possible to generate multiple types of the first gaming state,
While a certain movement by the movable body (91a, 92a, 93a) is started at a common timing regardless of the type of the first gaming state, the special prize is given in a different opening period depending on the type of the first gaming state. It is configured to open the mouth (51) to allow the winning of the game ball, and
At least one of the non-specific entry regions (h1 to h6) is changed from one of the entry allowance form and the entry inhibition form to the other in response to the position change of the movable body (91a, 92a, 93a) due to the constant movement. The gist is that the game ball won in the special winning opening (51) is configured to change the probability of entering the specific winning area (v1, v2) by switching.
According to the first aspect of the invention, the distribution unit for distributing the winning game balls to the special winning opening where the game balls can be won in the first gaming state has one or more specific winning areas and a plurality of non-specific It has a ball entry area, and the game ball that has won the special winning opening is discharged out of the game area through any of these entry areas. In addition, the distribution unit has a movable body at a position where it can come into contact with the game ball that has won the special winning opening, and the specific winning area of the game ball that has won the special winning opening according to the change in the position of the movable body. Change the ball entry probability of. By causing the movable body to start a certain movement at a common timing in a plurality of types of first game states, and by making the opening period of the special winning opening different according to the type of the first game state, the first game state It is possible to make the probability of a game ball entering a specific ball entry area different depending on the type, thereby increasing the interest of the game by widening the expectation that a second game state will occur. obtain. Here, the change in the probability of entering the specific ball entry region is due to the fact that at least one non-specific entry area is switched from one of the entry allowance state and the entry inhibition state to the other according to the position change of the movable body. Occurs. Therefore, the player's interest in the behavior of the game ball in the distribution section can be increased.

請求項2に係る発明は、
前記可動体(91a,92a,93a)の前記一定の動作による位置変化に応じて、前記第1遊技状態の開始以降の第1時点から第2時点までの間に前記特別入賞口(51)に入賞した遊技球の前記特定入球領域(v1,v2)への入球確率が、該第2時点以降に前記特別入賞口(51)に入賞した遊技球の前記特定入球領域(v1,v2)への入球確率より高確率となるように構成され、
前記複数の第1遊技状態のうち何れかの前記第1遊技状態は、前記第1時点から前記第2時点までの間を前記開放期間として含むように設定されていることを要旨とする。
請求項2に係る発明によれば、第1遊技状態において、第1遊技状態における第1時点から第2時点までの間に特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球の特定入球領域への入球確率を高確率とするように振分部の可動体が一定の動作を行う。複数種類のうち何れかの第1遊技状態では、第1時点から第2時点までの間に特別入賞口が開放されて遊技球の入賞が許容される。すなわち、特別入賞口への入賞が早い時点で許容される種類の第1遊技状態において、入賞球が特定入球領域に入球し易くなるので、遊技者はテンポ良く遊技を進めて第2遊技状態の付与を受けることができ、気持ち良く遊技を行うことができる。
The invention according to claim 2 is
In response to the position change of the movable body (91a, 92a, 93a) due to the constant movement, the special winning opening (51) is inserted between the first time point and the second time point after the start of the first gaming state. The probability that the winning game ball will enter the specific entry area (v1, v2) is the specific entry area (v1, v2) of the game ball that has won the special winning opening (51) after the second time point. ) Is configured to have a higher probability than the probability of entering the ball.
It is a gist that the first gaming state of any of the plurality of first gaming states is set to include the period from the first time point to the second time point as the opening period.
According to the second aspect of the present invention, in the first gaming state, the probability of entering the specific entry area of the gaming ball that has won the special winning opening between the first time point and the second time point in the first gaming state. The movable body of the distribution part performs a certain movement so as to have a high probability. In the first gaming state of any of the plurality of types, the special winning opening is opened between the first and second time points, and the winning of the game ball is allowed. That is, in the first game state of the type in which the special winning opening is allowed to be won at an early stage, the winning ball is likely to enter the specific winning area, so that the player advances the game at a good tempo and the second game. You can receive the grant of the state, and you can play the game comfortably.

本発明に係る遊技機によれば、特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を特定入球領域および非特定入球領域に振り分ける構成を利用して興趣向上を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest by using the configuration in which the gaming balls won in the special winning openings are distributed to the specific entry area and the non-specific entry area.

実施例1のパチンコ機の正面図である。It is a front view of the pachinko machine of Example 1. FIG. パチンコ機の電気的な接続関係を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the electrical connection relation of a pachinko machine. 遊技盤の正面図である。It is a front view of a game board. 実施例1における振分部の平面図である。It is a top view of the distribution part in Example 1. FIG. (a)は、図4におけるA-A線断面図であり、排出樋や検出センサ等について図示を省略している。(b)は、第1~第3昇降筒部材の平面図である。(A) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 4, and the discharge gutter, the detection sensor, and the like are not shown. (B) is a plan view of the first to third elevating cylinder members. シャッタの種類および開閉する対象を示している。The type of shutter and the object to be opened / closed are shown. (a)は、大当り図柄を決定する際に用いられる大当り図柄決定テーブルであり、(b)は、小当り図柄を決定する際に用いられる小当り図柄決定テーブルである。(a) is a big hit symbol determination table used when determining a big hit symbol, and (b) is a small hit symbol determination table used when determining a small hit symbol. (a)は、特図の大当り図柄、大当り遊技状態の種類、大当り遊技状態中の期間毎の計測時間、大当り遊技状態終了後の遊技状態、の対応関係を示しており、(b)は、特図の小当り図柄、小当り遊技状態の種類、小当り遊技状態中の期間毎の計測時間、小当り遊技状態からの発展先の大当り遊技状態の種類、の対応関係を示している。(a) shows the correspondence relationship between the big hit symbol of the special figure, the type of the big hit game state, the measurement time for each period during the big hit game state, and the game state after the end of the big hit game state. It shows the correspondence between the small hit symbol of the special figure, the type of the small hit game state, the measurement time for each period during the small hit game state, and the type of the big hit game state of the development destination from the small hit game state. 小当り遊技状態の種類毎に、小当り開放期間(第2時間)と、小当り遊技状態の最長時間と、上特別入賞口への入賞球が入球可能な凹部(入球領域)のうち特定凹部(特定入球領域)の割合と、上特別入賞口への入賞球が特定凹部に入球する期待値とを示している。For each type of small hit game state, the small hit opening period (second time), the maximum time of the small hit game state, and the recess (ball entry area) where the winning ball to the upper special winning opening can be entered. It shows the ratio of the specific recess (specific ball entry area) and the expected value that the winning ball to the upper special winning opening enters the specific recess. 小当り遊技状態中における上特別開閉部材および各シャッタの動作に関するタイミングチャートであって、図中のx1は、入賞球の振分部までの移動時間の範囲、x2は、入賞球が滞りなく振分部に到達する場合の到達タイミングの範囲を示している。It is a timing chart regarding the operation of the upper special opening / closing member and each shutter during the small hit game state. The range of arrival timing when reaching the division is shown. (a)は、主制御CPUによる小当り制御処理の流れを示すフローチャートであり、(b)は、小当り制御処理中に実行される振分処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。(A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the small hit control process by the main control CPU, and (b) is a flowchart showing the flow of the distribution process executed during the small hit control process. 実施例2のパチンコ機が有する振分部であって、(a)は平面図、(b)は斜視図である。The distribution portion of the pachinko machine of the second embodiment, (a) is a plan view, and (b) is a perspective view. 実施例2の振分部に関し、シャッタの種類および開閉する対象を示している。Regarding the distribution unit of the second embodiment, the type of shutter and the object to be opened / closed are shown. 実施例2の小当り遊技状態に関し、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に、小当り開放期間(第2時間)と、小当り遊技状態の最長時間と、上特別入賞口への入賞球が入球可能な凹部のうち特定凹部の割合と、上特別入賞口への入賞球が特定凹部に入球する期待値とを示している。Regarding the small hit gaming state of the second embodiment, the small hit opening period (second time), the maximum time of the small hit gaming state, and the winning ball to the upper special winning opening are entered for each type of the small hit gaming state. The ratio of the specific recesses among the possible recesses and the expected value that the winning ball to the upper special winning opening enters the specific recesses are shown. 実施例2の小当り遊技状態中における上特別開閉部材、切替弁および各シャッタの動作に関するタイミングチャートであって、図中のx1は、入賞球の振分部までの移動時間の範囲、x2は、入賞球が滞りなく振分部に到達する場合の到達タイミングの範囲を示している。It is a timing chart regarding the operation of the upper special opening / closing member, the switching valve and each shutter in the small hit game state of the second embodiment, in which x1 is the range of the movement time to the distribution part of the winning ball, and x2 is. , Shows the range of arrival timing when the winning ball reaches the distribution part without delay. 実施例3のパチンコ機が有する振分部であって、(a)は平面図、(b)は斜視図である。It is a distribution part which the pachinko machine of Example 3 has, (a) is a plan view, (b) is a perspective view. 実施例3の振分部に関し、シャッタの種類および開閉する対象を示している。The type of shutter and the object to be opened / closed are shown with respect to the distribution part of Example 3. 実施例3の小当り遊技状態に関し、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に、小当り開放期間(第2時間)と、小当り遊技状態の最長時間と、上特別入賞口への入賞球が入球可能な凹部のうち特定凹部の割合と、上特別入賞口への入賞球が特定凹部に入球する期待値とを示している。Regarding the small hit gaming state of Example 3, the small hit opening period (second hour), the maximum time of the small hit gaming state, and the winning ball to the upper special winning opening are entered for each type of small hit gaming state. The ratio of the specific recesses among the possible recesses and the expected value that the winning ball to the upper special winning opening enters the specific recesses are shown. 実施例3の小当り遊技状態中における上特別開閉部材および各シャッタの動作に関するタイミングチャートであって、図中のx1は、入賞球の第1振分部までの移動時間の範囲、x2は、入賞球が滞りなく第1振分部に到達する場合の到達タイミングの範囲、x3は、入賞球が滞りなく第2振分部に到達する場合の到達タイミングの範囲を示している。In the timing chart regarding the operation of the upper special opening / closing member and each shutter in the small hit game state of the third embodiment, x1 in the figure is the range of the movement time to the first distribution part of the winning ball, and x2 is. The range of arrival timing when the winning ball reaches the first distribution section without delay, x3 indicates the range of arrival timing when the winning ball reaches the second distribution section without delay.

次に、本発明に係る遊技機につき、好適な実施例を挙げて、添付図面を参照しながら以下詳細に説明する。なお、遊技機としては、一般的なパチンコ機を例にして説明する。また、以下の説明において、「前」、「後」、「左」、「右」とは、特に断りのない限り、図1に示すようにパチンコ機を前側(遊技者側)から見た状態で指称する。 Next, the gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings with reference to suitable examples. As the gaming machine, a general pachinko machine will be described as an example. Further, in the following description, "front", "rear", "left", and "right" mean a state in which the pachinko machine is viewed from the front side (player side) as shown in FIG. 1 unless otherwise specified. Designate with.

(パチンコ機10について)
実施例1に係るパチンコ機10は、図1に示すように、矩形枠状に形成されて遊技店の図示しない設置枠台に固定される固定枠としての外枠11の開口前面側に、後述する遊技盤20(図3参照)を着脱可能に保持する本体枠としての中枠12が開閉および着脱可能に組付けられると共に、遊技盤20には、表示演出を行う演出実行手段としての演出表示装置(図柄表示部、表示手段)17が配設されている。また、中枠12の前面側には、遊技盤20を透視可能に保護する透明板13bで前後に開口する窓口13aを覆うよう構成された装飾枠としての前枠13が開閉可能に組付けられると共に、該前枠13の下方にパチンコ球を貯留する下球受け皿15が開閉可能に組付けられる。なお、前枠13の下部位置には、パチンコ球を貯留する上球受け皿14が一体的に組み付けられ、前枠13の開閉に合わせて上球受け皿14も一体的に開閉するよう構成される。
(About pachinko machine 10)
As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is described later on the opening front side of the outer frame 11 as a fixed frame formed in a rectangular frame shape and fixed to an installation frame base (not shown) of a game store. A middle frame 12 as a main body frame for detachably holding the game board 20 (see FIG. 3) is detachably assembled, and the game board 20 is provided with an effect display as an effect execution means for performing a display effect. A device (design display unit, display means) 17 is arranged. Further, on the front side of the middle frame 12, a front frame 13 as a decorative frame configured to cover the window 13a that opens back and forth with a transparent plate 13b that transparently protects the game board 20 is assembled so as to be openable and closable. At the same time, a lower ball tray 15 for storing pachinko balls is assembled below the front frame 13 so as to be openable and closable. An upper ball tray 14 for storing pachinko balls is integrally assembled at the lower position of the front frame 13, and the upper ball tray 14 is also integrally opened and closed in accordance with the opening and closing of the front frame 13.

前枠13には、図1に示す如く、前記中枠12に配設された球発射装置(図示せず)を作動する操作ハンドル16が下球受け皿15の右側方に設けられる。この操作ハンドル16は、左回転方向に付勢された操作レバー16aを備えており、該操作レバー16aを右回転するよう遊技者が回動操作することで球発射装置が作動されて、前記上球受け皿14に貯留されたパチンコ球が前記遊技盤20に向けて定期的に(600ms(ミリ秒)間隔で)発射されるようになっている。ここで、操作レバー16aの回動量に応じて前記球発射装置によるパチンコ球の打球力が強弱変化するよう構成されており、遊技者が操作レバー16aを操作して回動量を調節することで、前記遊技盤20の前面側に形成された後述する遊技領域21(図3参照)のうち、第1流下経路21a(後述)にパチンコ球を流下させる所謂「左打ち」と、第2流下経路21b(後述)にパチンコ球を流下させる所謂「右打ち」とを打ち分けできるようになっている。また、前枠13には、窓口13aの外周を囲繞するようランプ装置(発光手段)18が配設されると共に、該前枠13における上部の左右の隅部に、音声を出力可能なスピーカ(音出力手段)19が配設されている。そして、ランプ装置18に設けられたLED等の発光体(図示せず)を点灯・点滅したり、スピーカ19から適宜の音声を出力することで、演出表示装置17での表示演出に合わせて発光演出や音声演出を行い得るよう構成されている。すなわち、ランプ装置18およびスピーカ19は、演出表示装置17での表示演出に合わせた演出を実行可能な演出実行手段として機能している。 As shown in FIG. 1, the front frame 13 is provided with an operation handle 16 for operating the ball launcher (not shown) arranged in the middle frame 12 on the right side of the lower ball tray 15. The operation handle 16 includes an operation lever 16a urged in the counterclockwise direction, and the ball launching device is operated by the player rotating the operation lever 16a so as to rotate the operation lever 16a to the right. The pachinko balls stored in the ball tray 14 are periodically (at intervals of 600 ms (milliseconds)) fired toward the game board 20. Here, the ball striking force of the pachinko ball by the ball launching device is configured to change in strength according to the rotation amount of the operation lever 16a, and the player operates the operation lever 16a to adjust the rotation amount. Of the later-described game areas 21 (see FIG. 3) formed on the front surface side of the game board 20, the so-called “left-handed” in which the pachinko ball flows down into the first flow path 21a (described later) and the second flow path 21b. It is possible to distinguish between the so-called "right-handed" that causes the pachinko ball to flow down (described later). Further, the front frame 13 is provided with a lamp device (light emitting means) 18 so as to surround the outer periphery of the window 13a, and a speaker (light emitting means) capable of outputting sound to the upper left and right corners of the front frame 13. The sound output means) 19 is arranged. Then, by lighting / blinking a light emitting body (not shown) such as an LED provided in the lamp device 18 or outputting an appropriate sound from the speaker 19, light is emitted according to the display effect of the effect display device 17. It is configured to be able to produce and produce audio. That is, the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19 function as an effect executing means capable of executing an effect according to the display effect on the effect display device 17.

パチンコ機10における中枠12の後面側(遊技盤20の後面側)には、遊技を統括的に制御する主制御基板60(図2参照)が配設されている。そして、主制御基板60は、パチンコ機10に備えられた各種検出センサ(検出手段)SE1~SE7からの検出信号に基づいて、当該主制御基板60に備えられる主制御CPU60aが各種処理を実行し、その処理結果に応じた各種の制御信号(制御コマンド)を出力するように構成されている。また、中枠12の後面側(遊技盤20の後面側)には、主制御基板60からの制御信号に基づいて演出(表示演出や発光演出、音声演出)を統括的に制御する演出制御基板65(図2参照)と、演出制御基板65からの制御信号に基づいて、記憶手段に記憶する各種の画像データ(図柄、背景画像、文字、キャラクタ等の画像データ)をもとに演出表示装置17での表示内容を更新する表示制御基板70(図2参照)とが配設されている。すなわち、演出表示装置17、ランプ装置18およびスピーカ19等の演出実行手段の動作は、主制御基板60が出力した制御信号(制御コマンド)に基づいた演出制御基板65の制御によってコントロールされる。 On the rear surface side (rear surface side of the game board 20) of the middle frame 12 of the pachinko machine 10, a main control board 60 (see FIG. 2) that comprehensively controls the game is arranged. Then, in the main control board 60, the main control CPU 60a provided in the main control board 60 executes various processes based on the detection signals from the various detection sensors (detection means) SE1 to SE7 provided in the pachinko machine 10. , It is configured to output various control signals (control commands) according to the processing result. Further, on the rear surface side of the middle frame 12 (rear surface side of the game board 20), an effect control board that comprehensively controls the effect (display effect, light emission effect, voice effect) based on the control signal from the main control board 60. A staging display device based on 65 (see FIG. 2) and various image data (image data such as symbols, background images, characters, characters, etc.) stored in the storage means based on the control signal from the staging control board 65. A display control board 70 (see FIG. 2) for updating the display content of 17 is provided. That is, the operation of the staging execution means such as the staging display device 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 is controlled by the control of the staging control board 65 based on the control signal (control command) output by the main control board 60.

図2に示すように、主制御基板60は、遊技に関する制御処理を実行する主制御CPU60a(遊技制御手段)、該主制御CPU60aが実行する制御プログラムを記憶する主制御ROM60b、当該主制御CPU60aの処理に必要なデータの書込み・読出しが可能な主制御RAM60c等を備えている。また、演出制御基板65は、演出に関する制御処理を実行する演出制御CPU65a、該演出制御CPU65aが実行する制御プログラムを記憶する演出制御ROM65b、当該演出制御CPU65aの処理に必要なデータの書込み・読出しが可能な演出制御RAM65c等を備えている。更に、表示制御基板70は、演出に関する制御処理を実行する表示制御CPU70a、該表示制御CPU70aが実行する制御プログラムを記憶する表示制御ROM70b、当該表示制御CPU70aの処理に必要なデータの書込み・読出しが可能な表示制御RAM70c等を備え、表示制御ROM70bには演出表示装置17での表示に関する画像データが記憶されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the main control board 60 includes a main control CPU 60a (game control means) that executes control processing related to a game, a main control ROM 60b that stores a control program executed by the main control CPU 60a, and the main control CPU 60a. It is equipped with a main control RAM 60c or the like capable of writing / reading data required for processing. Further, the staging control board 65 can write / read data necessary for the staging control CPU 65a that executes the control process related to the staging, the staging control ROM 65b that stores the control program executed by the staging control CPU 65a, and the staging control CPU 65a. It is equipped with a possible staging control RAM 65c and the like. Further, the display control board 70 can write / read data necessary for processing of the display control CPU 70a that executes control processing related to the effect, the display control ROM 70b that stores the control program executed by the display control CPU 70a, and the display control CPU 70a. A possible display control RAM 70c or the like is provided, and image data related to display on the staging display device 17 is stored in the display control ROM 70b.

また図示しないが、前記中枠12の後面側には、球払出装置を駆動制御する払出制御基板、前記球発射装置を駆動制御する発射制御基板等が配設されている。前記払出制御基板は前記主制御基板60に配線接続されており、該主制御基板60の主制御CPU60aからの賞球払出指令コマンド(制御信号)に基づいて前記球払出装置を制御することで、該賞球払出指令コマンドにより特定される賞球数に対応するパチンコ球を払い出すよう構成される。なお、主制御CPU60aは、賞球払い出しの契機(入賞)を検出した検出センサSE1,SE2,SE4,SE5の種類と、払い出される賞球数とを特定し得る制御信号を、演出制御CPU65aに対して出力するよう構成されている。 Although not shown, a payout control board for driving and controlling the ball payout device, a launch control board for driving and controlling the ball launcher, and the like are arranged on the rear surface side of the middle frame 12. The payout control board is connected to the main control board 60 by wiring, and the ball payout device is controlled based on a prize ball payout command command (control signal) from the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60. It is configured to pay out the pachinko balls corresponding to the number of prize balls specified by the prize ball payout command command. The main control CPU 60a sends a control signal capable of specifying the types of detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE4, SE5 that have detected the prize ball payout trigger (winning) and the number of prize balls to be paid out to the staging control CPU 65a. Is configured to output.

(遊技盤20について)
前記遊技盤20は、アクリルやポリカーボネート等の合成樹脂材からなる透明な平板状の板部材であって、該遊技盤20の前面には、図3に示す如く、略円形状に湾曲形成した案内レール22が配設されている。そして、球発射装置から発射されたパチンコ球が案内レール22により画成される遊技領域21を流下する過程で後述する入賞口31,32,41,51に入球(以下「入賞」という)し得るようになっている。また、遊技盤20には、前後に貫通する装着口(図示せず)が適宜位置に開設されており、各装着口に対して各種の遊技部品が前側から取り付けられると共に、遊技領域21の最下部位置には、該遊技領域21に打ち出されたパチンコ球を排出するアウト口25が開設されている。なお、遊技盤20は、木材板の表面に各種絵柄等が描かれた合成樹脂シート等を貼付けて装飾したものであってもよい。
(About game board 20)
The game board 20 is a transparent flat plate-shaped plate member made of a synthetic resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate, and a guide formed in a substantially circular shape on the front surface of the game board 20 as shown in FIG. The rail 22 is arranged. Then, in the process in which the pachinko ball launched from the ball launcher flows down the game area 21 defined by the guide rail 22, the ball enters the winning openings 31, 32, 41, 51 (hereinafter referred to as “winning”), which will be described later. It is supposed to get. Further, the gaming board 20 is provided with mounting openings (not shown) that penetrate the front and rear at appropriate positions, and various gaming parts are attached to each mounting opening from the front side, and the maximum of the gaming area 21. At the lower position, an out port 25 for discharging the pachinko ball launched into the game area 21 is provided. The game board 20 may be decorated by attaching a synthetic resin sheet or the like on which various patterns or the like are drawn on the surface of the wood board.

図3に示すように、遊技盤20には、遊技領域21内に多数の遊技釘23が設けられている。すなわち、遊技領域21は、パチンコ球の流下方向を遊技釘23との接触により不規則に変化させるよう構成されている。この遊技領域21の略中央で開口する装着口には中央入賞装置50(後述)が取り付けられ、該中央入賞装置50を前後に貫通する表示窓口50aを介して前記演出表示装置17の表示画面17aが遊技盤20の前面側に臨んでいる。この中央入賞装置50は、遊技盤20の前面より前方に突出して表示装置17における表示画面17aの前方空間と遊技領域21とを区切る庇状部50bを備えている。庇状部50bは、最上部位置から左右方向に下方傾斜するよう形成されて、遊技領域21に打ち出されたパチンコ球が庇状部50b上で滞ることなく中央入賞装置50の左側方または右側方へ誘導案内されるよう形成されている。これにより遊技領域21は、中央入賞装置50の左側を流下するパチンコ球の流路である第1流下経路21aと、中央入賞装置50の右側を流下するパチンコ球の流路である第2流下経路21bとに分かれており、前記球発射装置により遊技領域21内に向けて発射されたパチンコ球は、到達位置に応じて第1流下経路21aか或いは第2流下経路21bを流下するようになっている。また、遊技盤20の中央下部に開設された装着口には始動入賞装置30(後述)が取り付けられており、該始動入賞装置30が中央入賞装置50の下方に位置している。更に、遊技盤20の右下部に開設された装着口には特別入賞装置40(後述)が取り付けられており、該特別入賞装置40が中央入賞装置50の右下方に位置している。更にまた、遊技盤20の左右側端部に開設された装着口には球通過ゲート47が取り付けられており、該球通過ゲート47が中央入賞装置50の左右側方に位置している。 As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 20 is provided with a large number of game nails 23 in the game area 21. That is, the game area 21 is configured to irregularly change the flow direction of the pachinko ball by contact with the game nail 23. A central winning device 50 (described later) is attached to a mounting opening opened at substantially the center of the game area 21, and a display screen 17a of the effect display device 17 is attached via a display window 50a that penetrates the central winning device 50 back and forth. Is facing the front side of the game board 20. The central winning device 50 includes an eaves-shaped portion 50b that projects forward from the front surface of the game board 20 and separates the front space of the display screen 17a in the display device 17 from the game area 21. The eaves-shaped portion 50b is formed so as to incline downward in the left-right direction from the uppermost position, and the pachinko ball launched into the game area 21 does not stay on the eaves-shaped portion 50b and is left or right side of the central winning device 50. It is formed to be guided to. As a result, the game area 21 has a first flow path 21a, which is a flow path of the pachinko ball flowing down the left side of the central winning device 50, and a second flow path, which is a flow path of the pachinko ball flowing down the right side of the central winning device 50. The pachinko ball, which is divided into 21b and launched into the game area 21 by the ball launching device, flows down the first flow path 21a or the second flow path 21b depending on the arrival position. There is. Further, a start winning device 30 (described later) is attached to a mounting opening opened at the lower center of the game board 20, and the starting winning device 30 is located below the central winning device 50. Further, a special winning device 40 (described later) is attached to a mounting opening opened at the lower right of the game board 20, and the special winning device 40 is located at the lower right of the central winning device 50. Furthermore, a ball passing gate 47 is attached to the mounting openings provided at the left and right side ends of the game board 20, and the ball passing gate 47 is located on the left and right sides of the central winning device 50.

(始動入賞装置30について)
前記始動入賞装置30の上部(第1始動入賞部)には、第1始動入賞口31が設けられている。第1始動入賞口31は、常に上方へ開口する常時開放タイプの入賞口となっている。始動入賞装置30は、第1始動入賞口31に入賞したパチンコ球を検出する第1始動入賞検出センサSE1(図2参照)を備えている。第1始動入賞検出センサSE1は主制御基板60と電気的に接続されており、主制御基板60(主制御CPU60a)は、第1始動入賞検出センサSE1によるパチンコ球の検出を契機として、大当り遊技状態や小当り遊技状態を生起させるか否かの特図当り判定(大当り判定および小当り判定)を行うよう構成されている。そして、演出表示装置17の表示画面17aでは、第1始動入賞検出センサSE1による検出(始動入賞)を契機として、特図当り判定の結果を示す図柄変動演出(演出用の図柄としての飾図の変動表示を含む表示演出)が行われるようになっている。この他、第1始動入賞検出センサSE1によるパチンコ球の検出(第1の始動条件の成立)を契機として、所定数(4個)の賞球が払い出されるようになっている。
(About the start winning device 30)
A first start winning opening 31 is provided in the upper part (first starting winning section) of the starting winning device 30. The first starting winning opening 31 is a constantly opening type winning opening that always opens upward. The start winning device 30 includes a first start winning detection sensor SE1 (see FIG. 2) that detects a pachinko ball that has won a prize in the first starting winning opening 31. The first start winning prize detection sensor SE1 is electrically connected to the main control board 60, and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is triggered by the detection of a pachinko ball by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 to play a big hit game. It is configured to perform a special figure hit determination (big hit determination and small hit determination) as to whether or not to cause a state or a small hit gaming state. Then, on the display screen 17a of the effect display device 17, the symbol variation effect (decorative figure as a symbol for the effect) showing the result of the special figure hit determination is triggered by the detection by the first start prize detection sensor SE1 (starting prize). Display effects including variable display) are being performed. In addition, a predetermined number (4) of prize balls are paid out triggered by the detection of pachinko balls by the first start prize detection sensor SE1 (the establishment of the first start condition).

また、前記始動入賞装置30の下部(第2始動入賞部)には、第2始動入賞口32が設けられている。第2始動入賞口32は、始動開閉部材33の開閉によって開口寸法が拡大・縮小される可変タイプの入賞口となっている。始動入賞装置30には、始動入賞ソレノイドSL1(図2参照)が配設されており、この始動入賞ソレノイドSL1の駆動に伴って始動開閉部材33が、第2始動入賞口32を閉鎖する閉鎖姿勢および開放する開放姿勢の間で変位するよう構成されている。始動入賞ソレノイドSL1は、主制御基板60と電気的に接続されており、主制御CPU60aにより駆動制御されるようになっている。なお、第2始動入賞口32が開放姿勢にある場合は、当該第2始動入賞口32へのパチンコ球の入賞が第1始動入賞口31への入賞よりも容易となり、第2始動入賞口32が閉成姿勢にある場合は、当該第2始動入賞口32へのパチンコ球の入賞が第1始動入賞口31への入賞よりも困難または不可能となる。また、始動入賞装置30は、第2始動入賞口32に入賞したパチンコ球を検出する第2始動入賞検出センサSE2(図2参照)を備えている。第2始動入賞検出センサSE2は、主制御基板60と電気的に接続されており、主制御基板60(主制御CPU60a)は、第2始動入賞検出センサSE2によるパチンコ球の検出(始動入賞)を契機として各種情報を取得し、この取得した情報に基づいて、大当り遊技状態を生起させるか否かの判定処理である大当り判定(特図当り判定)や、小当り遊技状態を生起させるか否かの判定処理である小当り判定(特図当り判定)を行うよう構成されている。そして、演出表示装置17の表示画面17aでは、始動入賞(第2始動入賞検出センサSE2による検出)を契機として、特図当り判定の結果を示す図柄変動演出が行われるようになっている。この他、第2始動入賞検出センサSE2によるパチンコ球の検出(第2の始動条件の成立)を契機として所定数(4個)の賞球が払い出されるようになっている。 Further, a second start winning opening 32 is provided in the lower part (second starting winning section) of the starting winning device 30. The second starting winning opening 32 is a variable type winning opening whose opening size is enlarged or reduced by opening and closing the starting opening / closing member 33. The start winning device 30 is provided with a starting winning solenoid SL1 (see FIG. 2), and the starting opening / closing member 33 closes the second starting winning opening 32 with the drive of the starting winning solenoid SL1. And is configured to displace between open postures. The start winning solenoid SL1 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 and is driven and controlled by the main control CPU 60a. When the second starting winning opening 32 is in the open posture, it is easier to win the pachinko ball in the second starting winning opening 32 than in the first starting winning opening 31, and the second starting winning opening 32 is used. When is in the closed position, it becomes more difficult or impossible to win the pachinko ball in the second starting winning opening 32 than in the first starting winning opening 31. Further, the start winning device 30 includes a second start winning detection sensor SE2 (see FIG. 2) that detects a pachinko ball that has won a prize in the second starting winning opening 32. The second start winning prize detection sensor SE2 is electrically connected to the main control board 60, and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) detects a pachinko ball (starting prize) by the second start winning detection sensor SE2. Various information is acquired as an opportunity, and based on this acquired information, whether or not to cause a big hit judgment (special figure hit judgment), which is a judgment process of whether or not to cause a big hit gaming state, and whether or not to cause a small hit gaming state. It is configured to perform a small hit determination (special figure hit determination), which is a determination process of. Then, on the display screen 17a of the effect display device 17, a symbol variation effect showing the result of the special figure hit determination is performed triggered by the start winning (detection by the second start winning detection sensor SE2). In addition, a predetermined number (4) of prize balls are paid out in the wake of the detection of pachinko balls by the second start prize detection sensor SE2 (the establishment of the second start condition).

(球通過ゲート47について)
前記球通過ゲート47には、該球通過ゲート47のゲート口を通過するパチンコ球を検出する球通過検出センサSE3(図2参照)が設けられている。この球通過検出センサSE3は、主制御基板60と電気的に接続されている。主制御CPU60aは、球通過検出センサSE3によるパチンコ球の検出を契機として各種情報(後述する普図当り判定用乱数)を取得し、この取得した情報に基づいて後述する普図当り判定(普図当り抽選)を実行するよう構成されている。そして、この普図当り抽選の結果に応じて前記始動入賞ソレノイドSL1が駆動制御されて始動開閉部材33が開閉動作するようになっている。
(About the ball passage gate 47)
The ball passage gate 47 is provided with a ball passage detection sensor SE3 (see FIG. 2) that detects a pachinko ball passing through the gate opening of the ball passage gate 47. The ball passage detection sensor SE3 is electrically connected to the main control board 60. The main control CPU 60a acquires various information (random numbers for determining the hit of the normal figure described later) triggered by the detection of the pachinko ball by the ball passage detection sensor SE3, and based on the acquired information, the hit judgment of the normal figure described later (normal figure). It is configured to execute a winning lottery). Then, the start winning solenoid SL1 is driven and controlled according to the result of the lottery per drawing, and the start opening / closing member 33 is opened / closed.

(特別入賞装置40について)
前記特別入賞装置(第1特別入賞部)40には、該特別入賞装置40に開閉可能に設けられた下特別開閉部材43によって開口寸法が拡大・縮小される可変タイプの入賞口である下特別入賞口41が設けられている。特別入賞装置40には、前記主制御基板60と電気的に接続された駆動手段としての下特別入賞ソレノイドSL2(図2参照)が配設されており、この下特別入賞ソレノイドSL2の駆動に伴って下特別開閉部材43が、下特別入賞口41を閉鎖する閉鎖位置および開放する開放位置に変位するよう構成されている。また特別入賞装置40には、前記下特別入賞口41に入賞したパチンコ球を検出する入賞検出手段としての下特別入賞検出センサSE4(図2参照)が配設されている。下特別入賞検出センサSE4は、前記主制御基板60と電気的に接続されており、下特別入賞検出センサSE4がパチンコ球を検出すると、検出信号を主制御基板60(主制御CPU60a)に出力し、該主制御基板60の制御下に予め設定された数(9個)の賞球が払い出されるようになっている。なお、特別入賞装置40は、下特別開閉部材43によって下特別入賞口41が常には閉鎖され(入賞不能とされ)、大当り遊技状態の発生に伴って下特別入賞口41が開放される(入賞可能状態とされる)。
(About the special winning device 40)
The special winning device (first special winning section) 40 is a lower special, which is a variable type winning opening whose opening size is enlarged or reduced by a lower special opening / closing member 43 provided to be openable / closable in the special winning device 40. A winning opening 41 is provided. The special winning device 40 is provided with a lower special winning solenoid SL2 (see FIG. 2) as a driving means electrically connected to the main control board 60, and is accompanied by the driving of the lower special winning solenoid SL2. The lower special opening / closing member 43 is configured to be displaced to a closed position for closing the lower special winning opening 41 and an open position for opening the lower special winning opening 41. Further, the special winning device 40 is provided with a lower special winning detection sensor SE4 (see FIG. 2) as a winning detecting means for detecting a pachinko ball that has won a prize in the lower special winning opening 41. The lower special prize detection sensor SE4 is electrically connected to the main control board 60, and when the lower special prize detection sensor SE4 detects a pachinko ball, a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). , A preset number (9) of prize balls are paid out under the control of the main control board 60. In the special winning device 40, the lower special winning opening 41 is always closed by the lower special opening / closing member 43 (it is considered impossible to win), and the lower special winning opening 41 is opened with the occurrence of the big hit game state (winning). Possible state).

(中央入賞装置50について)
中央入賞装置(第2特別入賞部)50の右側部には、入賞口として上特別入賞口(特別入賞口)51が設けられている。上特別入賞口51は、上特別開閉部材(入賞規制手段)53の開閉によって開口寸法が拡大・縮小される可変タイプの入賞口とされている。中央入賞装置50には、前記主制御基板60と電気的に接続された駆動手段としての上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3(図2参照)が配設されており、上特別開閉部材53が、この上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3の駆動に伴って上特別入賞口51を閉鎖する閉鎖位置および開放する開放位置に変位するように構成されている。すなわち、中央入賞装置50に設けられた上特別入賞口51、上特別開閉部材53および上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3が、該中央入賞装置50内へのパチンコ球の入賞を許容し、その入賞し易さを可変する可変入賞手段を構成している。なお、上特別入賞口51は、上特別開閉部材53によって常には閉鎖され(入賞不能とされ)、小当り遊技状態の発生に伴って開放される(入賞可能状態とされる)。
(About the central winning device 50)
On the right side of the central winning device (second special winning section) 50, an upper special winning opening (special winning opening) 51 is provided as a winning opening. The upper special winning opening 51 is a variable type winning opening whose opening size is enlarged or reduced by opening and closing the upper special opening / closing member (winning regulating means) 53. The central winning device 50 is provided with an upper special winning solenoid SL3 (see FIG. 2) as a driving means electrically connected to the main control board 60, and the upper special opening / closing member 53 is further special. As the winning solenoid SL3 is driven, the upper special winning opening 51 is configured to be displaced to a closed position to be closed and an open position to be opened. That is, the upper special winning opening 51, the upper special opening / closing member 53, and the upper special winning solenoid SL3 provided in the central winning device 50 allow the pachinko ball to win in the central winning device 50, and the ease of winning the prize. It constitutes a variable winning means that can change. The upper special winning opening 51 is always closed by the upper special opening / closing member 53 (it is considered impossible to win), and is opened (it is considered to be possible to win) with the occurrence of a small hit game state.

図3に示すように、中央入賞装置50は、上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球(入賞球)を誘導する誘導通路部79と、この誘導通路部79によって上特別入賞口51と接続された振分部80とを備えており、誘導通路部79を通過したパチンコ球を振分部80で複数の凹部(入球領域)v1,v2,h1~h6(後述)の何れかに振り分けて入球させ、遊技領域21外に排出するように構成されている。すなわち、中央入賞装置50に設けられた誘導通路部79および振分部80は、上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球を処理する入賞球処理手段を構成している。 As shown in FIG. 3, the central winning device 50 is connected to the upper special winning opening 51 by a guiding passage portion 79 that guides a pachinko ball (winning ball) that has won a prize in the upper special winning opening 51, and the guiding passage portion 79. The pachinko ball that has passed through the guide passage portion 79 is distributed to any of a plurality of recesses (ball entry regions) v1, v2, h1 to h6 (described later) by the distribution unit 80. It is configured to allow the ball to enter and be discharged outside the game area 21. That is, the guide passage portion 79 and the distribution portion 80 provided in the central winning device 50 constitute a winning ball processing means for processing the pachinko balls that have won in the upper special winning opening 51.

誘導通路部79は、図3に示すように、上特別入賞口51から下方に向けて延在し、更に後方(表示画面17a側)に向けて延在する第1通路部79aと、第1通路部79aの下流端から左下方に向けて、表示画面17aの前側を斜めに横切るように延在する第2通路部79bと、第2通路部79bの下流端から折り返して右下方に向けて延在し、下流端が振分部80に接続する第3通路部79cとにより構成されている。すなわち、上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、誘導通路部79を通過することにより、上特別入賞口51および振分部80の間の直線距離よりも長い距離を移動して振分部80に到達する。誘導通路部79のうち上特別入賞口51に接続する第1通路部79aの途中箇所には、上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球を検出する入賞検出手段としての上特別入賞検出センサSE5(図2参照)が配設されている。上特別入賞検出センサSE5は、主制御基板60と電気的に接続されており、パチンコ球の検出に応じて検出信号を主制御基板60(主制御CPU60a)に出力する。なお、この検出信号が主制御CPU60aに入力されると、当該主制御CPU60aの制御下に、予め設定された数(9個)の賞球が払い出される。 As shown in FIG. 3, the guide passage portion 79 extends downward from the upper special winning opening 51, and further extends toward the rear (display screen 17a side), and the first passage portion 79a and the first passage portion 79a. The second passage portion 79b extending diagonally across the front side of the display screen 17a from the downstream end of the passage portion 79a to the lower left, and the second passage portion 79b folded back from the downstream end of the second passage portion 79b toward the lower right. It is composed of a third passage portion 79c that extends and has a downstream end connected to the distribution portion 80. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 travels a distance longer than the straight line distance between the upper special winning opening 51 and the sorting section 80 by passing through the guidance passage portion 79, and the sorting section 80 To reach. The upper special winning detection sensor SE5 (as a winning detection means for detecting the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51) is located in the middle of the first passage portion 79a connected to the upper special winning opening 51 in the guiding passage portion 79. (See FIG. 2) is arranged. The special winning detection sensor SE5 is electrically connected to the main control board 60, and outputs a detection signal to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in response to the detection of the pachinko ball. When this detection signal is input to the main control CPU 60a, a preset number (9) of prize balls are paid out under the control of the main control CPU 60a.

振分部80は、図3、図4および図5に示すように、全体が円柱状(平面視で円形)であり、表示画面17aの下辺近傍に配置されている。この振分部80は、ハウジング80aと、このハウジング80aの上端部の外周側に設けられたステージ82と、ステージ82の内周側で回転する回転体81と、回転体81の下方に配設された複数の昇降筒部材91,92,93と、回転体81および昇降筒部材91,92,93を駆動する駆動機構80b(後述する回転駆動用モータ100、シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103およびリンク機構)と、振分部80に到達したパチンコ球を遊技領域21外に向けて誘導する排出樋(図示せず)とを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 4, and 5, the distribution unit 80 has a columnar shape (circular in a plan view) as a whole, and is arranged near the lower side of the display screen 17a. The distribution portion 80 is arranged below the housing 80a, the stage 82 provided on the outer peripheral side of the upper end portion of the housing 80a, the rotating body 81 rotating on the inner peripheral side of the stage 82, and the rotating body 81. Drive mechanism 80b for driving the plurality of elevating cylinder members 91,92,93, the rotating body 81 and the elevating cylinder member 91,92,93 (rotation drive motor 100 described later, shutter opening / closing solenoid 101,102,103). And a link mechanism) and a discharge gutter (not shown) that guides the pachinko ball that has reached the distribution unit 80 toward the outside of the game area 21.

図4および図5(a)に示すように、ステージ82は、ハウジング80aの外周形状に沿って環状に延在する転動面82aと、転動面82aの外周側の縁に沿って立設された円筒状の外周壁82bと、転動面82aの内周側の縁に沿って立設された内周壁82cとで構成され、転動面82aを内底面とする溝状に形成されている。ステージ82の後部には誘導通路部79(第3通路部79c)が接線方向から接続しており、誘導通路部79を通過したパチンコ球が、外周壁82bに形成された連通口83を通じて転動面82a上に流入するように構成されている。転動面82aの横幅(パチンコ球の通過方向に対する交差方向の幅)は、パチンコ球の直径よりやや大きな寸法となっている。このため、外周壁82bおよび内周壁82cは、パチンコ球の直径よりやや広い間隔をあけて対向している。ここで、転動面82aは、その前部(案内面84)を除く大部分が、後側(奥側)から前側(手前側)に向けて緩やかに下方傾斜しているが、前部を構成する案内面84のみが、前側から後側に向けて緩やかに下方傾斜している。また、転動面82a側と回転体81側とを区画する内周壁82cのうち、案内面84との対向する部分(前部)に、パチンコ球が通過可能な導入口85が形成されており、当該導入口85によって転動面82a側と回転体81側とが連通している。このようなステージ82の構成により、上特別入賞口51に入賞して誘導通路部79を通過したパチンコ球は、連通口83から転動面82a上に流入(振分部80に到達)し、そのパチンコ球に勢いがあれば、回転体81の外周側を周回すると共に、パチンコ球の転動する勢いが次第に減少して転動面82aの傾斜により案内面84上に向かい、最終的に案内面84上から導入口85を介して回転体81側に導入されるようになっている。 As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5A, the stage 82 is erected along a rolling surface 82a extending in an annular shape along the outer peripheral shape of the housing 80a and an edge on the outer peripheral side of the rolling surface 82a. It is composed of a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 82b and an inner peripheral wall 82c erected along the inner peripheral edge of the rolling surface 82a, and is formed in a groove shape with the rolling surface 82a as the inner bottom surface. There is. A guide passage portion 79 (third passage portion 79c) is connected to the rear portion of the stage 82 from the tangential direction, and the pachinko ball that has passed through the guide passage portion 79 rolls through the communication port 83 formed in the outer peripheral wall 82b. It is configured to flow onto the surface 82a. The lateral width of the rolling surface 82a (the width in the crossing direction with respect to the passing direction of the pachinko ball) is slightly larger than the diameter of the pachinko ball. Therefore, the outer peripheral wall 82b and the inner peripheral wall 82c face each other with a distance slightly wider than the diameter of the pachinko ball. Here, most of the rolling surface 82a except for the front portion (guide surface 84) is gently inclined downward from the rear side (back side) to the front side (front side), but the front portion is Only the constituent guide surface 84 is gently inclined downward from the front side to the rear side. Further, in the inner peripheral wall 82c that separates the rolling surface 82a side and the rotating body 81 side, an introduction port 85 through which a pachinko ball can pass is formed in a portion (front portion) facing the guide surface 84. The rolling surface 82a side and the rotating body 81 side communicate with each other by the introduction port 85. With such a configuration of the stage 82, the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 and passed through the guide passage portion 79 flows into the rolling surface 82a from the communication opening 83 (reaches the distribution portion 80). If the pachinko ball has momentum, it orbits the outer peripheral side of the rotating body 81, and the rolling momentum of the pachinko ball gradually decreases toward the guide surface 84 due to the inclination of the rolling surface 82a, and finally guides. It is introduced from above the surface 84 to the rotating body 81 side via the introduction port 85.

回転体81は、図4に示すように平面視で円形の部材であり、その中心点を通る軸線を基準にして、駆動機構80bに備えられる回転駆動用モータ100(図2参照)の駆動により回転するように構成されている。回転体81は、図5(a)に示すように上下方向の厚み寸法が水平方向の最大幅(直径)よりも小さい円盤状であり、その外周部には、回転体81の外周面および上面に開口してパチンコ球を受け入れ可能な複数(具体的には8つ)の凹部(入球領域)v1,v2,h1~h6が、所定の順序で等間隔で並ぶように設けられている。各凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の内壁には、パチンコ球が入球可能な排出口81aが形成されており、何れかの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6にパチンコ球が受け入れられた場合、その凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の排出口81aにパチンコ球が速やかに入球するように構成されている。なお、凹部v1,v2,h1~h6には形状が2種類あり、8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6のうち2つのみが、回転体81の外周側から回転中心側に向けて大きく凹んでいる。以下の説明では、回転体81の外周側から回転中心側に向けた凹み寸法が大きな2つの凹部(特定入球領域)を「特定凹部v1,v2」と称し、残りの6つの凹部(非特定入球領域)を「非特定凹部h1~h6」と称することで区別する。 As shown in FIG. 4, the rotating body 81 is a circular member in a plan view, and is driven by a rotary drive motor 100 (see FIG. 2) provided in the drive mechanism 80b with reference to an axis passing through a center point thereof. It is configured to rotate. As shown in FIG. 5A, the rotating body 81 has a disk shape in which the thickness dimension in the vertical direction is smaller than the maximum width (diameter) in the horizontal direction, and the outer peripheral portion thereof has an outer peripheral surface and an upper surface of the rotating body 81. A plurality of (specifically, eight) recesses (ball entry regions) v1, v2, h1 to h6 that can be opened to receive pachinko balls are provided so as to be arranged at equal intervals in a predetermined order. When a discharge port 81a into which a pachinko ball can enter is formed on the inner wall of each recess v1, v2, h1 to h6, and the pachinko ball is received in any of the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6. The pachinko balls are configured to quickly enter the discharge ports 81a of the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6. The recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 have two types of shapes, and only two of the eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 are greatly recessed from the outer peripheral side of the rotating body 81 toward the center of rotation. I'm out. In the following description, the two recesses (specific ball entry regions) having large recesses from the outer peripheral side to the rotation center side of the rotating body 81 are referred to as "specific recesses v1 and v2", and the remaining six recesses (non-specific). The ball entry area) is distinguished by referring to "non-specific recesses h1 to h6".

前記複数の凹部(入球領域)v1,v2,h1~h6は、回転体81の平面視(図4参照)で時計回りに、特定凹部v1、3つの非特定凹部h1~h3、特定凹部v2、3つの非特定凹部h4~h6、の順に並ぶように回転体81に形成されており、回転体81が図4の回転位置から正回転(左回転)する場合にはこの順で、内周壁82cに形成されている導入口85の前側位置に到達する。なお、2つの特定凹部v1,v2は、回転体81の回転中心を挟んだ正反対の位置に設けられている。以下の説明では便宜上、回転体81が図4の回転位置にある状態で、導入口85近い側の特定凹部v1を「第1特定凹部v1」とし、導入口85から離れた側の特定凹部v1,v2を「第2特定凹部v2」として区別することがある。また、非特定凹部h1~h6については、図4において導入口85に近い側から右回りの順に「第1非特定凹部h1」~「第6非特定凹部h6」と称して区別することがある。 The plurality of recesses (entrance regions) v1, v2, h1 to h6 are clockwise in the plan view of the rotating body 81 (see FIG. 4), the specific recesses v1, the three non-specific recesses h1 to h3, and the specific recesses v2. The rotating body 81 is formed so as to be arranged in the order of three non-specific recesses h4 to h6, and when the rotating body 81 rotates forward (rotates counterclockwise) from the rotation position in FIG. It reaches the front position of the introduction port 85 formed in 82c. The two specific recesses v1 and v2 are provided at positions opposite to each other with the rotation center of the rotating body 81 interposed therebetween. In the following description, for convenience, the specific recess v1 on the side near the introduction port 85 is referred to as the "first specific recess v1" with the rotating body 81 at the rotation position in FIG. 4, and the specific recess v1 on the side away from the introduction port 85. , V2 may be distinguished as "second specific recess v2". Further, the non-specific recesses h1 to h6 may be distinguished by being referred to as "first non-specific recess h1" to "sixth non-specific recess h6" in the order of clockwise rotation from the side closer to the introduction port 85 in FIG. ..

図5(a)および図5(b)に示すように、ハウジング80aの内部であって回転体81の下方位置には、所定の移動範囲で昇降可能な第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93が配設されている。第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93は、円筒状の被動部94の上端から外側に広がる円盤状のフランジ95を有し、このフランジ95の外周縁部から上方に向けて延出するように、対応の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の外側端部(入口)を開閉するシャッタ91a,92a,93aが設けられている。すなわち、シャッタ91a,92a,93aは、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93の上端側に設けられ、振分部80のうちパチンコ球と接触し得る位置に進出可能である。 As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, which can be raised and lowered within a predetermined movement range, are located inside the housing 80a and below the rotating body 81. 92,93 are arranged. The first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 have a disk-shaped flange 95 extending outward from the upper end of the cylindrical driven portion 94, and extend upward from the outer peripheral edge portion of the flange 95. As such, shutters 91a, 92a, 93a for opening and closing the outer end portions (entrances) of the corresponding recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 are provided. That is, the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are provided on the upper end side of the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93, and can advance to a position in the distribution portion 80 that can come into contact with the pachinko ball.

図5(a)から明らかなように、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93が有する各被動部94の外径(内径)は互いに異なっており、第2昇降筒部材92の被動部94の内周側に第1昇降筒部材91の被動部94が位置し、その内周側に第3昇降筒部材93の被動部94が位置するように配設されている。また、各被動部94は上下寸法も互いに異なっており、各被動部94の下端位置を揃えることでフランジ95を上下方向に互いに離間させている。各フランジ95の外径寸法は概ね同じであるが、第3昇降筒部材93のフランジ95には、第1・第2昇降筒部材91,92が有するシャッタ91a,92aとの干渉を避けるための切欠き95aが形成されており、第1昇降筒部材91のフランジ95には、第2昇降筒部材92が有するシャッタ92aとの干渉を避けるための切欠き95aが形成されている。このように形状が異なる第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93を、回転方向への相対変位が生じないように組み合わせて配置することで、図5(b)に示す平面視の状態では、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93の各シャッタ91a,92a,93aが円周方向に等間隔で並んでいる。 As is clear from FIG. 5A, the outer diameters (inner diameters) of the driven portions 94 of the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 are different from each other, and the second elevating cylinder member 92 is driven. The driven portion 94 of the first elevating cylinder member 91 is located on the inner peripheral side of the portion 94, and the driven portion 94 of the third elevating cylinder member 93 is located on the inner peripheral side thereof. Further, each driven portion 94 has different vertical dimensions, and the flanges 95 are separated from each other in the vertical direction by aligning the lower end positions of the driven portions 94. The outer diameter of each flange 95 is substantially the same, but the flange 95 of the third elevating cylinder member 93 is for avoiding interference with the shutters 91a, 92a of the first and second elevating cylinder members 91, 92. A notch 95a is formed, and the flange 95 of the first elevating cylinder member 91 is formed with a notch 95a for avoiding interference with the shutter 92a of the second elevating cylinder member 92. By arranging the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 having different shapes in combination so as not to cause a relative displacement in the rotation direction, the state in the plan view shown in FIG. 5 (b). Then, the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a of the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.

図6に示すように、第1昇降筒部材91には、昇降動作に応じて合計3つの非特定凹部(第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5)を開閉する3つのシャッタ(以下「非特定1シャッタ91a」という)が設けられている。また、第2昇降筒部材92は、昇降動作に応じて合計3つの非特定凹部(第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6)を開閉する3つのシャッタ(以下「非特定2シャッタ92a」という)が設けられている。第3昇降筒部材93は、昇降動作に応じて合計2つの特定凹部(第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2)を開閉する2つのシャッタ(以下「特定シャッタ93a」という)が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 6, the first elevating cylinder member 91 has three non-specific recesses (first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5) that open and close in total according to the elevating operation. A shutter (hereinafter referred to as “non-specific 1 shutter 91a”) is provided. Further, the second elevating cylinder member 92 has three shutters (hereinafter, “non-specific”) that open and close a total of three non-specific recesses (second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, h6) according to the elevating operation. 2 shutter 92a ") is provided. The third elevating cylinder member 93 is provided with two shutters (hereinafter referred to as "specific shutters 93a") that open and close a total of two specific recesses (first and second specific recesses v1 and v2) according to the elevating operation. ..

なお、図5(a)および図5(b)では、第3昇降筒部材93の被動部94の内周側に、上下に開放された内部空間96が見てとれる。この内部空間96には、パチンコ球を遊技領域21外に排出するための、図示しない排出樋が配設されている。排出樋は、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6に入球(して排出口81aに落入)したパチンコ球を遊技領域21外に誘導する第1集合樋(図示せず)と、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2に入球(して排出口81aに落入)したパチンコ球を遊技領域21外に誘導する第2集合樋(図示せず)とで構成されている。ここで、第1集合樋には、通過するパチンコ球を検出する非特定入球検出センサSE6(図2参照)が設けられている。また、第2集合樋には、通過するパチンコ球を検出する特定入球検出センサSE7(図2参照)が設けられている。非特定入球検出センサSE6および特定入球検出センサSE7は主制御CPU60aと電気的に接続されており、入球検出に応じて検出信号を主制御CPU60aに出力するように構成されている。すなわち、パチンコ球がステージ82(転動面82a)から導入口85を介して回転体81の非特定凹部h1~h6の何れかに入球すると、その入球したパチンコ球は非特定入球検出センサSE6によって検出され、非特定凹部(非特定入球領域)h1~h6への入球を示す検出信号が主制御CPU60aに入力される。また、パチンコ球が導入口85を介して回転体81の特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球すると、その入球したパチンコ球が特定入球検出センサSE7によって検出され、特定凹部(特定入球領域)v1,v2への入球を示す検出信号が主制御CPU60aに入力される。 In FIGS. 5 (a) and 5 (b), an internal space 96 opened up and down can be seen on the inner peripheral side of the driven portion 94 of the third elevating cylinder member 93. In the internal space 96, a discharge gutter (not shown) for discharging the pachinko ball to the outside of the game area 21 is arranged. The discharge gutters are the first set gutter (not shown) that guides the pachinko balls that have entered (and dropped into the discharge port 81a) into the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 to the outside of the game area 21. It is composed of a second gutter (not shown) that guides a pachinko ball that has entered (and dropped into the discharge port 81a) into the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 to the outside of the game area 21. Here, the first set gutter is provided with a non-specific ball entry detection sensor SE6 (see FIG. 2) that detects a passing pachinko ball. Further, the second set gutter is provided with a specific ball entry detection sensor SE7 (see FIG. 2) that detects a passing pachinko ball. The non-specific ball entry detection sensor SE6 and the specific ball entry detection sensor SE7 are electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a, and are configured to output a detection signal to the main control CPU 60a in response to the ball entry detection. That is, when a pachinko ball enters any of the non-specific recesses h1 to h6 of the rotating body 81 from the stage 82 (rolling surface 82a) via the introduction port 85, the pachinko ball that has entered is detected as a non-specific ball entry. A detection signal detected by the sensor SE6 and indicating entry into the non-specific recess (non-specific entry area) h1 to h6 is input to the main control CPU 60a. Further, when the pachinko ball enters any of the specific recesses v1 and v2 of the rotating body 81 through the introduction port 85, the inserted pachinko ball is detected by the specific entry detection sensor SE7, and the specific recess (specific entry). Sphere region) A detection signal indicating entry into v1 and v2 is input to the main control CPU 60a.

ハウジング80aの内部であって第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93の下方に、駆動機構80b(図5(a)参照)が配設されている。駆動機構80bは、回転方向の動力を発現する駆動源としての1つの回転駆動用モータ100(図2参照)と、下方に引き下げる動力を発現する駆動源としての3つのシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103(図2参照)と、各駆動源100,101,102,103の駆動力を回転体81および複数の昇降筒部材91,92,93に伝達するリンク機構(図示せず)とで構成されている。回転体81に設けられた各凹部v1,v2,h1~h6と、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93に設けられた各シャッタ91a,92a,93aとは、1対1で対応しており、回転体81および第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93は、回転駆動用モータ100の駆動によって同時に回転するように構成されている。このため、各凹部v1,v2,h1~h6と各シャッタ91a,92a,93aとの対応関係が回転動作により変化することはない。 A drive mechanism 80b (see FIG. 5A) is disposed inside the housing 80a and below the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93. The drive mechanism 80b includes one rotary drive motor 100 (see FIG. 2) as a drive source that produces power in the rotational direction, and three shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102 as drive sources that generate downward power. , 103 (see FIG. 2) and a link mechanism (not shown) that transmits the driving force of each drive source 100, 101, 102, 103 to the rotating body 81 and a plurality of elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93. Has been done. The recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 provided in the rotating body 81 and the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a provided in the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 have a one-to-one correspondence. The rotating body 81 and the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 are configured to rotate at the same time by being driven by the rotation driving motor 100. Therefore, the correspondence between the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 and the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a does not change due to the rotation operation.

また、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93は、3つのシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103によって個別に上下動(昇降)するように構成されている。第1昇降筒部材91は、下端部がリンク機構を介して非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101(図2参照)に連繋しており、非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101の消磁状態では(常には)、各非特定1シャッタ91aが対応の非特定凹部h1~h6の入口を閉鎖することで、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5をパチンコ球の入球が不可能な入球阻害状態とする。一方、非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101の励磁状態では、各非特定1シャッタ91aが対応の非特定凹部h1~h6の入口を開放することで、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5をパチンコ球の入球が可能な入球許容状態とする。第2昇降筒部材92は、下端部がリンク機構を介して非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102(図2参照)に連繋しており、非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102の消磁状態では(常には)、各非特定2シャッタ92aが対応の非特定凹部h1~h6の入口を閉鎖することで第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球阻害状態とする。一方、非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102の励磁状態では、各非特定2シャッタ92aが対応の非特定凹部h1~h6の入口を開放することで第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球許容状態とする。第3昇降筒部材93は、下端部がリンク機構を介して特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103(図2参照)に連繋しており、特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103の消磁状態では(常には)、各特定シャッタ93aが対応の特定凹部v1,v2の入口を閉鎖することで第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球阻害状態とする。一方、特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103の励磁状態では、各特定シャッタ93aが対応の特定凹部v1,v2の入口を開放することで第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球許容状態とする。 Further, the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 are configured to move up and down (elevate) individually by three shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103. The lower end of the first elevating cylinder member 91 is connected to the non-specified 1-shutter opening / closing solenoid 101 (see FIG. 2) via a link mechanism, and in the demagnetized state of the non-specific 1-shutter opening / closing solenoid 101 (always). ), Each non-specific 1 shutter 91a closes the entrances of the corresponding non-specific recesses h1 to h6, so that the pachinko balls cannot enter the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5. It is in a state of inhibition of ball entry. On the other hand, in the excited state of the solenoid 101 for opening and closing the non-specific 1 shutter, each non-specific 1 shutter 91a opens the inlets of the corresponding non-specific recesses h1 to h6, so that the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1 , H3 and h5 are set to allow entry of pachinko balls. The lower end of the second elevating cylinder member 92 is connected to the non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 (see FIG. 2) via a link mechanism, and in the demagnetized state of the non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 (always). ), Each non-specific 2 shutter 92a closes the entrances of the corresponding non-specific recesses h1 to h6, so that the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are in a ball entry blocking state. On the other hand, in the excited state of the solenoid 102 for opening and closing the non-specific 2 shutters, each of the non-specific 2 shutters 92a opens the inlets of the corresponding non-specific recesses h1 to h6, so that the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, Let h4 and h6 be in the ball entry allowable state. The lower end of the third elevating cylinder member 93 is connected to the specific shutter opening / closing solenoid 103 (see FIG. 2) via a link mechanism, and each is specified (always) in the demagnetized state of the specific shutter opening / closing solenoid 103. The shutter 93a closes the inlets of the corresponding specific recesses v1 and v2 to put the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 into a ball entry blocking state. On the other hand, in the excited state of the solenoid 103 for opening and closing the specific shutter, each specific shutter 93a opens the inlets of the corresponding specific recesses v1 and v2, so that the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are allowed to enter the ball.

このように、中央入賞装置50における振分部80は、上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球を合計8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6(2つの特定凹部v1,v2および6つの非特定凹部h1~h6)に振り分けて入球させる構成であり、また、合計8つのシャッタ(3つの非特定1シャッタ91a、3つの非特定2シャッタ92aおよび2つの特定シャッタ93a)を部材単位で(昇降筒部材毎に)作動することによって合計8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の入口を複数個ずつ別々に開閉して入球許容状態および入球阻害状態に変化させ得るように構成されている。なお、本実施例ではシャッタ91a,92a,93aが第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93に複数個ずつ設けられており、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93毎に(複数個ずつ)シャッタ91a,92a,93aが動作する構成としているが、1つの昇降筒部材91,92,93に対して1つのシャッタ91a,92a,93aを備える構成とすることも可能である。 As described above, the distribution unit 80 in the central winning device 50 has a total of eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 (two specific recesses v1, v2 and six non-specific) for the pachinko balls that have won the upper special winning opening 51. It is configured to distribute and enter the ball into the recesses h1 to h6), and a total of eight shutters (three non-specific 1 shutters 91a, three non-specific 2 shutters 92a and two specific shutters 93a) are moved up and down in member units. By operating (for each tubular member), a total of eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 can be opened and closed separately to change into a ball entry allowed state and a ball entry obstruction state. .. In this embodiment, a plurality of shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are provided in each of the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93, and each of the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 is provided. (Multiple) The shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are configured to operate, but it is also possible to have one shutter 91a, 92a, 93a for one elevating cylinder member 91, 92, 93. ..

本実施例では、振分部80の回転体81に設けられた8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の全てを、シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103の駆動に応じて開閉可能な構成となっている。ここで、シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103は、消磁状態の時にシャッタ91a,92a,93aを上昇位置に維持して対応の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6を入球許容状態とし、励磁状態の時にシャッタ91a,92a,93aを引き下げて対応の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6を入球許容状態とするように構成されている。従って、パチンコ機10の電源断が発生し、全てのシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103が消磁状態になると、全ての凹部v1,v2,h1~h6が入球阻害状態となる。すなわち、電源断の発生時に、振分部80のパチンコ球をそのまま遊技領域21外に排出することなく滞留させ、その滞留状態を復電時まで維持可能に構成されているので、例えば遊技店の停電に伴ってパチンコ機10に電源断が発生した際に、遊技店側が振分部80でのパチンコ球の滞留を確認して遊技者に対する適切な補償行為を行うことが可能である。 In this embodiment, all of the eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 provided in the rotating body 81 of the distribution unit 80 can be opened and closed according to the drive of the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103. It has become. Here, the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 maintain the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a in the raised position when the magnet is demagnetized, and set the corresponding recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry allowable state, and are in the excited state. At this time, the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are pulled down so that the corresponding recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 are in the ball entry allowable state. Therefore, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off and all the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 are in the degaussed state, all the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 are in the ball entry obstruction state. That is, when the power is cut off, the pachinko balls of the distribution unit 80 are allowed to stay without being discharged to the outside of the game area 21 as they are, and the staying state can be maintained until the power is restored. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure, the game store can confirm the retention of the pachinko balls in the distribution unit 80 and perform appropriate compensation to the player.

次に、遊技盤20に設けられた図柄表示手段(遊技情報表示器Mおよび演出表示装置17)について説明する。 Next, the symbol display means (game information display M and effect display device 17) provided on the game board 20 will be described.

(遊技情報表示器Mについて)
図2および図3に示すように、遊技盤20には、複数の表示部Ma,Mb,Mc,Md,Me,Mf,Mgを備え、各種の遊技情報を表示可能な遊技情報表示器Mが配設されている。遊技情報表示器Mは、主制御基板60の主制御CPU60aと電気的に接続され、主制御CPU60aによって表示内容(発光態様)が制御されるようになっている。この遊技情報表示器Mは、1つの表示ユニットとして演出表示装置17よりも表示領域が小さく構成されており、各表示部Ma,Mb,Mc,Md,Me,Mf,Mgに表示される情報(遊技情報)をまとめて確認することが容易となっている。また、遊技情報表示器Mは、遊技盤20の前面で遊技領域21外の位置(遊技領域21の左下方)に配設されているので、前記演出表示装置17で実行される演出に注目している遊技者の視界の妨げになることはない。なお、本実施例の遊技情報表示器Mの各表示部Ma,Mb,Mc,Md,Me,Mf,Mgは、個別に点灯制御可能な1つまたは複数のLED(発光部、点灯部)で構成された発光表示部となっているが、小型の液晶表示器その他の表示手段を採用することもできる。
(About the game information display M)
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the game board 20 includes a plurality of display units Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, Mg, and a game information display M capable of displaying various game information. It is arranged. The game information display M is electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60, and the display content (light emission mode) is controlled by the main control CPU 60a. The game information display M has a smaller display area than the effect display device 17 as one display unit, and information displayed on each display unit Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, Mg ( It is easy to check all the game information). Further, since the game information display M is arranged at a position outside the game area 21 (lower left of the game area 21) on the front surface of the game board 20, pay attention to the effect executed by the effect display device 17. It does not obstruct the view of the player. In addition, each display unit Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, Mg of the game information display M of this embodiment is one or a plurality of LEDs (light emitting unit, lighting unit) that can be individually controlled to be lit. Although it is a configured light emitting display unit, a small liquid crystal display or other display means can also be adopted.

(特図表示部Ma,Mbについて)
遊技情報表示器Mには、特図当り判定(大当り判定、小当り判定)の結果を示す報知用の特別図柄(以下、特図という)を表示する表示部(図柄表示部)として、複数のLED(8個)から構成された特図表示部が2つ(第1特図表示部Maおよび第2特図表示部Mb)設けられている(図3参照)。第1特図表示部Maでは、第1始動入賞口31への入賞(第1始動入賞検出センサSE1による検出)を契機とする特図当り判定の結果に基づいて特図の変動表示(図柄変動)が開始され、その特図当り判定に伴って決定された特図が最終的に停止表示(確定表示)される。第2特図表示部Mbでは、第2始動入賞口32への入賞(第2始動入賞検出センサSE2による検出)を契機とする特図当り判定の結果に基づいて特図の変動表示(図柄変動)が開始され、その特図当り判定に伴って決定された特図が最終的に停止表示(確定表示)される。なお、第1・第2特図表示部Ma,Mbに停止表示され得る特図として複数が設定されており、大当り遊技状態が付与されることを示す複数種類の大当り図柄(当り図柄)A,B,aと、小当り遊技状態が付与されることを示す複数種類の小当り図柄(当り図柄)C,D,E,bと、外れを認識し得る外れ図柄とに分類可能である。なお、以下の説明では、第1特図表示部Maで行われる特図変動表示(図柄変動)を「第1特図変動表示」と称し、第2特図表示部Mbで行われる特図変動表示(図柄変動)を「第2特図変動表示」と称して区別する場合がある。また、第1特図表示部Maに停止表示(確定表示)される特図を「特図1」と称し、第2特図表示部Mbに停止表示(確定表示)される特図を「特図2」と称して区別する場合がある。
(About special figure display part Ma, Mb)
The game information display M has a plurality of display units (symbol display units) for displaying special symbols (hereinafter referred to as special symbols) for notification indicating the results of special symbol hit determination (big hit determination, small hit determination). Two special figure display units (first special figure display unit Ma and second special figure display unit Mb) composed of LEDs (8 pieces) are provided (see FIG. 3). In the first special figure display unit Ma, the variation display (design variation) of the special figure is based on the result of the special figure hit determination triggered by the winning of the first start winning opening 31 (detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1). ) Is started, and the special figure determined according to the special figure hit determination is finally stopped and displayed (confirmed display). The second special figure display unit Mb displays fluctuations in the special figure (design variation) based on the result of the special figure hit determination triggered by the winning of the second start winning opening 32 (detection by the second start winning detection sensor SE2). ) Is started, and the special figure determined according to the special figure hit determination is finally stopped and displayed (confirmed display). It should be noted that a plurality of special symbols that can be stopped and displayed on the first and second special symbol display units Ma and Mb are set, and a plurality of types of jackpot symbols (hit symbols) A, indicating that the jackpot gaming state is given. It can be classified into B, a, a plurality of types of small hit symbols (hit symbols) C, D, E, b indicating that a small hit gaming state is given, and a miss symbol that can recognize the miss. In the following description, the special figure variation display (symbol variation) performed by the first special map display unit Ma is referred to as "first special map variation display", and the special map variation performed by the second special map display unit Mb. The display (design variation) may be referred to as "second special figure variation display" to distinguish it. Further, the special figure that is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) on the first special figure display unit Ma is referred to as "special figure 1", and the special figure that is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) on the second special figure display unit Mb is called "special figure 1". It may be distinguished by calling it "Fig. 2".

特図表示部Ma,Mbでの特図変動表示の変動時間および停止表示する特図の種類は、主制御CPU60aが第1・第2始動入賞検出センサSE1,SE2によるパチンコ球の検出を契機として取得する(主制御RAM60cに記憶する)始動入賞情報(乱数値)に基づいて特図当り判定等の判定処理を実行することで決定される。始動入賞情報には、大当り遊技状態や小当り遊技状態を付与するか否かの決定(特図当り判定)に用いる特図当り判定用乱数の値、停止表示する特図(特図1や特図2)の決定に用いる特図決定用乱数の値、特図変動表示の変動時間の決定や図柄変動演出における演出種類の決定に用いる特図変動パターン振分用乱数の値、等が含まれる。主制御CPU60aは、特図当り判定の大当り判定が当りの判定結果となった場合に、特図として複数種類の大当り図柄の何れかを特図決定用乱数の値に応じて決定し、特図当り判定において大当り判定が外れ、小当り判定が当りの判定結果となった場合に、特図として複数種類の小当り図柄の何れかを特図決定用乱数の値に応じて決定し、小当り判定が外れの判定結果となった場合には、特図として外れ図柄(1種類)を決定する。 The fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation display on the special figure display units Ma and Mb and the type of the special figure to be stopped are triggered by the detection of the pachinko ball by the first and second start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 by the main control CPU 60a. It is determined by executing a determination process such as a special figure hit determination based on the acquired start winning information (random value) (stored in the main control RAM 60c). In the start winning information, the value of the random number for the special figure hit judgment used for determining whether or not to give the big hit game state or the small hit game state (special figure hit judgment), and the special figure (special figure 1 or special figure 1 or special figure) to be stopped and displayed. The value of the random number for determining the special figure used for the determination of FIG. 2), the value of the random number for distributing the special figure variation pattern used for determining the variation time of the special figure variation display and the determination of the effect type in the symbol variation effect, etc. are included. .. When the big hit determination of the special figure hit determination is the hit determination result, the main control CPU 60a determines one of a plurality of types of big hit symbols as a special figure according to the value of the random number for determining the special figure, and the special figure. When the big hit judgment is missed in the hit judgment and the small hit judgment is the hit judgment result, one of a plurality of types of small hit symbols is determined as a special figure according to the value of the random number for determining the special figure, and the small hit is determined. If the judgment is a misjudgment result, a misaligned symbol (1 type) is determined as a special figure.

特図表示部Ma,Mbに停止表示する特図の決定に関し、主制御ROM60bには、特図の決定で用いる大当り図柄決定テーブル(図7(a)参照)および小当り図柄決定テーブル(図7(b)参照)が夫々記憶されており、特図決定用乱数値の種類に応じた判定値(大当り図柄用判定値・小当り図柄用判定値)が、図柄決定テーブル毎に複数種類の特図に振り分けられている。その結果、図7(a)に示すように、主制御CPU60aが特図1の大当り図柄を決定する際、図柄Aを決定する確率が10パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は20個)、図柄Bを決定する確率が90パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は180個)に設定されており、主制御CPU60aが特図2の大当り図柄を決定する際、図柄aを決定する確率が100パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は200個)に設定されている。また、図7(b)に示すように、主制御CPU60aが特図1の小当り図柄を決定する際、図柄Cを決定する確率が10パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は20個)、図柄Dを決定する確率が30パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は60個)、図柄Eを決定する確率が60パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は120個)に設定されており、主制御CPU60aが特図2の小当り図柄を決定する際、図柄bを決定する確率が100パーセント(対応する大当り図柄用判定値の数は200個)に設定されている。 Regarding the determination of the special figure to be stopped and displayed on the special figure display units Ma and Mb, the main control ROM 60b includes a large hit symbol determination table (see FIG. 7A) and a small hit symbol determination table (see FIG. 7A) used for determining the special figure. (Refer to (b)) is stored in each case, and the judgment values (judgment value for big hit symbol and judgment value for small hit symbol) according to the type of random value for special symbol determination are multiple types of special for each symbol determination table. It is sorted in the figure. As a result, as shown in FIG. 7A, when the main control CPU 60a determines the jackpot symbol of the special figure 1, the probability of determining the symbol A is 10% (the number of corresponding jackpot symbol determination values is 20). ), The probability of determining symbol B is set to 90% (the number of corresponding jackpot symbol determination values is 180), and when the main control CPU 60a determines the jackpot symbol of special figure 2, the symbol a is determined. The probability of doing so is set to 100% (the number of corresponding jackpot symbol determination values is 200). Further, as shown in FIG. 7B, when the main control CPU 60a determines the small hit symbol of the special figure 1, the probability of determining the symbol C is 10% (the number of corresponding large hit symbol determination values is 20). ), The probability of determining symbol D is 30% (the number of corresponding jackpot symbol judgment values is 60), and the probability of determining symbol E is 60% (the number of corresponding jackpot symbol determination values is 120). When the main control CPU 60a determines the small hit symbol of the special figure 2, the probability of determining the symbol b is set to 100% (the number of corresponding large hit symbol determination values is 200).

なお、主制御ROM60bには、大当り判定や小当り判定で用いる当否テーブル(図示せず)が夫々記憶されており、特図当り判定用乱数値の種類に応じた判定値(大当り判定値・小当り判定値)が、当否テーブル毎に当り・外れに振り分けられている。その結果、主制御CPU60aが大当り判定で当りの判定結果を導出する確率(大当り確率)が、第1・第2始動入賞検出センサSE1,SE2の何れの検出を契機とする場合も同様に、約1/319.69とされ、当該確率で、特図表示部Ma,Mbに停止表示される特図が大当り図柄となって大当り遊技状態が生起されるように設定されている。また、主制御CPU60aが小当り判定で当りの判定結果を導出する確率(小当り確率)が、第1始動入賞検出センサSE1の検出を契機とする場合は約1/158.30、第2始動入賞検出センサSE2の検出を契機とする場合は約1/8.77とされ、当該確率で、特図表示部Ma,Mbに停止表示される特図が小当り図柄となって小当り遊技状態が生起されるように設定されている。この他、主制御CPU60aは、特図表示部Ma,Mbで実行する特図変動表示の変動パターン(特図変動パターン)を、特図当り判定(大当り判定および小当り判定)の結果に基づいて決定する。なお、特図変動パターンは、特図変動表示の変動時間や停止表示する特図の種類等を含むものである。 The main control ROM 60b stores the hit / fail tables (not shown) used for the big hit determination and the small hit determination, respectively, and the determination values (big hit determination value / small) according to the type of the special figure hit determination random number value. The hit judgment value) is sorted into hit / miss for each hit / miss table. As a result, the probability that the main control CPU 60a derives the hit determination result in the jackpot determination (big hit probability) is similarly about when any of the first and second start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 is detected. It is set to 1 / 319.69, and the special figure stopped and displayed on the special figure display units Ma and Mb is set to be a big hit symbol and a big hit game state is generated with the probability. Further, the probability (small hit probability) that the main control CPU 60a derives the hit determination result in the small hit determination is about 1 / 158.30 when the detection of the first start winning detection sensor SE1 is triggered, and the second start. When the detection of the winning detection sensor SE2 is triggered, it is set to about 1 / 8.77, and with the probability, the special figure stopped and displayed on the special figure display units Ma and Mb becomes a small hit symbol and is in a small hit game state. Is set to occur. In addition, the main control CPU 60a determines the variation pattern (special map variation pattern) of the special map variation display executed by the special map display units Ma and Mb based on the result of the special map hit determination (big hit determination and small hit determination). decide. The special map fluctuation pattern includes the fluctuation time of the special map fluctuation display, the type of the special map to be stopped and displayed, and the like.

(特図保留表示部Mc,Mdについて)
遊技情報表示器Mには、主制御RAM60cにより記憶される前記始動入賞情報(始動保留情報)の数を表示する表示部として、複数のLED(2個)から構成された特図保留表示部が2つ(第1・第2特図保留表示部Mc,Md)設けられている。第1特図保留表示部Mcは、第1始動入賞検出センサSE1による検出を契機とする始動保留情報(第1始動記憶情報)の数(第1特図変動表示の保留数)を表示するものであり、第2特図保留表示部Mdは、第2始動入賞検出センサSE2による検出を契機とする始動保留情報(第2始動記憶情報)の保留数(第2特図変動表示の保留数)を表示するものである。第1特図保留表示部Mcで表示される保留数は、第1始動入賞口31へのパチンコ球の入賞タイミングで1ずつ加算表示され、第1特図変動表示の終了タイミングで1ずつ減算表示される。同様に、第2特図保留表示部Mdで表示される保留数は、第2始動入賞口32へのパチンコ球の入賞タイミングで1ずつ加算表示され、第2特図変動表示の終了タイミングで1ずつ減算表示される。但し第1・第2始動保留情報の保留数には夫々上限数が定められており(何れも「4」)、該上限数まで第1・第2始動保留情報の各保留数が加算され得る。
(About special figure hold display part Mc, Md)
The game information display M has a special figure hold display unit composed of a plurality of LEDs (two) as a display unit for displaying the number of start winning information (start hold information) stored by the main control RAM 60c. Two (1st and 2nd special figure reservation display units Mc, Md) are provided. The first special figure hold display unit Mc displays the number of start hold information (first start storage information) triggered by the detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (the number of hold of the first special figure change display). The second special figure hold display unit Md holds the start hold information (second start storage information) triggered by the detection by the second start winning detection sensor SE2 (the number of holds of the second special figure change display). Is displayed. The number of holds displayed on the 1st special figure hold display unit Mc is added and displayed by 1 at the timing of winning the pachinko ball to the 1st start winning opening 31, and is subtracted by 1 at the end timing of the 1st special figure variation display. Will be done. Similarly, the number of holds displayed on the second special figure hold display unit Md is additionally displayed by 1 at the timing of winning the pachinko ball to the second start winning opening 32, and 1 at the end timing of the second special figure change display. It is subtracted and displayed one by one. However, an upper limit is set for the number of holds of the first and second start hold information (both are "4"), and each hold of the first and second start hold information can be added up to the upper limit. ..

(普図表示部Meについて)
遊技情報表示器Mには、普図当り判定の結果を示す報知用の普通図柄(以下、普図という)を表示する表示部(図柄表示部)として、複数のLED(2個)から構成された普図表示部Meが設けられている(図3参照)。第1特図表示部Maでは、ゲート部材47のゲート口へのパチンコ球の通過(球通過検出センサSE3による検出)を契機とする普図当り判定の結果に基づいて普図の変動表示(図柄変動)が開始され、その普図当り判定に伴って決定された普図が最終的に停止表示(確定表示)される。この普図表示部Meに停止表示される普図としては、第2始動入賞口32の開放状態(普図当り遊技状態)が生起されることを認識し得る複数種類の普図当り図柄と、外れを認識し得る1種類の普図外れ図柄とが設定されている。普図表示部Meでの普図変動表示の変動時間および停止表示する普図の種類は、主制御CPU60aが球通過検出センサSE3によるパチンコ球の検出を契機として取得する(主制御RAM60cに記憶する)作動入球情報(乱数値)に基づいて普図当り判定等の判定処理を実行することで決定される。作動入球情報には、普図当り遊技状態を付与するか否かの決定(普図当り判定)に用いる普特図当り判定用乱数の値、停止表示する普図の決定に用いる普図決定用乱数の値、普図変動表示の変動時間の決定に用いる普図変動パターン振分用乱数の値、等が含まれる。主制御CPU60aは、普図当り判定が当りの判定結果となった場合に、普図として複数種類の普図当り図柄の何れかを普図決定用乱数の値に応じて決定し、特図当り判定が外れの判定結果となった場合に、普図として普図外れ図柄(1種類)を決定する。
(About the general map display Me)
The game information display M is composed of a plurality of LEDs (two) as a display unit (symbol display unit) for displaying a normal symbol (hereinafter referred to as a normal symbol) for notification indicating the result of a normal figure hit determination. A general map display unit Me is provided (see FIG. 3). In the first special figure display unit Ma, the variation display (design) of the normal figure is based on the result of the normal figure hit determination triggered by the passage of the pachinko ball through the gate opening of the gate member 47 (detection by the ball passage detection sensor SE3). Fluctuation) is started, and the normal map determined according to the hit determination of the normal map is finally stopped and displayed (confirmed display). As the normal map that is stopped and displayed on the normal map display unit Me, there are a plurality of types of normal map hit symbols that can recognize that an open state (game state per normal map) of the second start winning opening 32 occurs. One type of out-of-drawing symbol that can recognize the deviation is set. The fluctuation time of the normal map fluctuation display on the normal map display unit Me and the type of the normal map to be stopped are acquired by the main control CPU 60a triggered by the detection of the pachinko ball by the ball passage detection sensor SE3 (stored in the main control RAM 60c). ) It is determined by executing a judgment process such as a hit judgment on a normal figure based on the operation incoming ball information (random value). The activated ball entry information includes the value of the random number for determining the hit of the special map used for determining whether or not to give the game state per map (determination of hitting the map), and the determination of the map used to determine the map to be stopped and displayed. The value of the random number for the normal map, the value of the random number for the distribution of the normal map fluctuation pattern used for determining the fluctuation time of the normal map fluctuation display, and the like are included. When the normal figure hit determination results in a hit determination result, the main control CPU 60a determines one of a plurality of types of normal figure hit symbols according to the value of the random number for determining the normal figure, and hits the special figure. When the judgment is out of order, the out-of-normal symbol (1 type) is determined as a normal figure.

(普図保留表示部Mfについて)
遊技情報表示器Mには、主制御RAM60cにより記憶される前記作動入球情報(作動保留情報)の数を表示する表示部として、複数のLED(2個)から構成された普図保留表示部Mfが設けられている。普図保留表示部Mfで表示される保留数は、球通過ゲート47のゲート口へのパチンコ球の入球タイミングで1ずつ加算表示され、普図変動表示の終了タイミングで1ずつ減算表示される。但し作動保留情報の保留数には上限数が定められており(「4」)、該上限数まで作動保留情報の各保留数が加算され得る。
(About the general drawing hold display unit Mf)
The game information display M is a normal drawing hold display unit composed of a plurality of LEDs (two) as a display unit for displaying the number of the operation entry information (operation hold information) stored by the main control RAM 60c. Mf is provided. The number of holds displayed on the normal figure hold display unit Mf is added and displayed by 1 at the timing of entering the pachinko ball into the gate opening of the ball passing gate 47, and is subtracted by 1 at the end timing of the normal figure fluctuation display. .. However, an upper limit is set for the number of holdings of the operation hold information (“4”), and each hold number of the operation hold information can be added up to the upper limit.

(状態表示部Mgについて)
遊技情報表示器Mには、複数個(2個)のLEDにより構成された状態表示部Mgが設けられている。この状態表示部Mgは、パチンコ機10における現在の遊技状態が複数種類のうち何れであるかを判別可能に表示するものである。本実施例では、状態表示部MgのLEDが点灯することで、後述する複数種類の遊技状態のうち所定の遊技状態(具体的には、高ベース状態・大当り遊技状態)が生起されていることを報知する。
(About status display Mg)
The game information display M is provided with a state display unit Mg composed of a plurality of (two) LEDs. The state display unit Mg displays so as to be able to determine which of the plurality of types the current gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is. In this embodiment, by lighting the LED of the state display unit Mg, a predetermined gaming state (specifically, a high base state / big hit gaming state) is generated among a plurality of types of gaming states described later. Is notified.

(演出表示装置17について)
遊技盤20の後面側の略中央に、液晶による表示画面17aを有する演出表示装置17が配設されている。この演出表示装置17では、前述した特図表示部Ma,Mbでの特図変動表示に対応する図柄変動演出(飾図変動表示)その他の表示演出が表示される。演出表示装置17は、図2に示すように表示制御基板70と電気的に接続されており、表示制御基板70が演出制御CPU65aからの指示(演出パターン指定コマンド等)に基づいて表示内容を更新するようになっている。図3に示すように、演出表示装置17の表示画面17aには、演出用の図柄である飾図を変動表示(飾図変動表示)する複数の図柄列(図柄群表示領域)26a,26b,26cが設定されており、各図柄列26a,26b,26cの有効停止位置を組み合わせた停止図柄有効ライン上に、前述した特図変動表示の結果(大当り図柄、小当り図柄、外れ図柄)に対応する飾図の図柄組み合わせが導出される。演出表示装置17での飾図変動表示は、主制御CPU60aが決定した特図変動パターンによる変動時間の開始時(特図変動表示の開始時)に開始され、当該変動時間の経過時(特図変動表示の終了時)に終了される。
(About the staging display device 17)
An effect display device 17 having a liquid crystal display screen 17a is arranged substantially in the center of the rear surface side of the game board 20. In the effect display device 17, a symbol variation effect (decorative figure variation display) and other display effects corresponding to the special figure variation display on the special map display units Ma and Mb described above are displayed. As shown in FIG. 2, the effect display device 17 is electrically connected to the display control board 70, and the display control board 70 updates the display content based on an instruction (effect pattern designation command, etc.) from the effect control CPU 65a. It is designed to do. As shown in FIG. 3, on the display screen 17a of the effect display device 17, a plurality of symbol rows (symbol group display area) 26a, 26b, which variablely display (decorative display variable display) the decorative figure which is a symbol for the effect, 26c is set, and it corresponds to the result of the above-mentioned special symbol variation display (big hit symbol, small hit symbol, off symbol) on the stop symbol effective line that combines the effective stop positions of each symbol row 26a, 26b, 26c. The design combination of the decorative drawing to be used is derived. The decorative map variation display on the effect display device 17 is started at the start of the variation time according to the special map variation pattern determined by the main control CPU 60a (at the start of the special map variation display), and when the variation time elapses (special map). It ends at the end of the variable display).

特図表示部Ma,Mbに表示される大当り図柄に対応する、飾図による大当りの図柄組み合わせとしては、各図柄列26a,26b,26cの有効停止位置に同じ飾図が停止表示される図柄組み合わせ(例えば、「222」、「777」等)が設定されている。また、特図表示部Ma,Mbに表示される小当り図柄に対応する、飾図による小当りの図柄組み合わせとしては、各図柄列26a,26b,26cのうち左図柄列26aおよび右図柄列26cの有効停止位置に同じ飾図が停止表示され、かつ中図柄列26bに特殊図柄(チャンス図柄やブランク図柄)が表示される図柄組み合わせが設定されている。また、特図表示部Ma,Mbに表示される外れ図柄に対応する、飾図による外れの図柄組み合わせとしては、前述した大当りの図柄組合せや小当りの図柄組合せとは異なる図柄組み合わせが設定されている。この他、飾図変動表示中の飾図の態様として、左図柄列26aおよび右図柄列26cの有効停止位置に同じ飾図を仮停止表示(停留表示、揺れ表示)したもとで中図柄列26bの変動を行う、所謂リーチの態様が設定されている。 As a combination of jackpot symbols corresponding to the jackpot symbols displayed on the special symbol display units Ma and Mb, the same decorative symbol is stopped and displayed at the effective stop position of each symbol row 26a, 26b, 26c. (For example, "222", "777", etc.) are set. Further, as a combination of small hit symbols by decorative drawings corresponding to the small hit symbols displayed on the special symbol display units Ma and Mb, the left symbol row 26a and the right symbol row 26c among the respective symbol rows 26a, 26b, 26c A symbol combination is set in which the same decorative symbol is stopped and displayed at the effective stop position of, and a special symbol (chance symbol or blank symbol) is displayed in the middle symbol row 26b. Further, as the out-of-order symbol combination by the decorative drawing corresponding to the out-of-order symbol displayed on the special symbol display units Ma and Mb, a symbol combination different from the above-mentioned big hit symbol combination and small hit symbol combination is set. There is. In addition, as a mode of the decorative figure during the decorative figure variation display, the same decorative figure is temporarily stopped and displayed (stop display, shaking display) at the effective stop position of the left symbol row 26a and the right symbol row 26c, and the middle symbol row is displayed. A so-called reach mode in which the variation of 26b is performed is set.

(パチンコ機10の遊技状態について)
実施例1のパチンコ機10は、主制御CPU60aによる制御に応じて複数種類の遊技状態を生起し得るよう構成されている。そこで以下、パチンコ機10が生起可能な遊技状態である高ベース状態、大当り遊技状態および小当り遊技状態について説明する。
(About the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10)
The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to be able to generate a plurality of types of gaming states according to the control by the main control CPU 60a. Therefore, the high base state, the big hit game state, and the small hit game state, which are the gaming states in which the pachinko machine 10 can occur, will be described below.

(高ベース状態について)
主制御CPU60aは、遊技者に有利な遊技状態として、第2始動入賞口32へのパチンコ球の入賞頻度を低ベース状態よりも増やすことが可能な高ベース状態(入賞率向上状態、始動入賞容易状態)を生起可能に構成されている。高ベース状態は、大当り遊技状態が行われた後に付与し得る、遊技者に対する特典状態(特典遊技状態)である。この高ベース状態は、(1)普図変動表示の変動時間の短縮、(2)普図当り確率を低確率から高確率に変動、(3)普図当り1回についての第2始動入賞口32を開放する始動開閉部材33の開放時間を増やすこと、のうち少なくとも1つによって第2始動入賞口32へのパチンコ球の入賞し易さ(入賞確率)を向上するものであり、上記(1)~(3)のうち何れかを単独で採用するか、または複数を組み合わせることができる。本実施例では上記(1)~(3)の全てを採用することで、第2始動入賞口32へのパチンコ球の入賞契機を増加させている。
(About high base condition)
The main control CPU 60a has a high base state (a state in which the winning rate is improved, a state in which the start winning is easy) in which the frequency of winning the pachinko ball to the second starting winning opening 32 can be increased as compared with the low base state as a gaming state advantageous to the player. State) is configured to be able to occur. The high base state is a privilege state (privilege game state) for the player, which can be given after the jackpot game state is performed. This high-base state is (1) shortening the fluctuation time of the normal figure fluctuation display, (2) changing the probability of hitting the normal figure from low probability to high probability, and (3) the second start winning opening for once per normal figure. By increasing the opening time of the starting opening / closing member 33 for opening 32, at least one of them improves the ease of winning the pachinko ball to the second starting winning opening 32 (winning probability), and the above (1). ) To (3) can be adopted alone, or a plurality of them can be combined. In this embodiment, by adopting all of the above (1) to (3), the chance of winning the pachinko ball to the second starting winning opening 32 is increased.

主制御CPU60aは、高ベース状態を、大当り遊技状態の終了後に、特図の大当り図柄・小当り図柄の種類に応じて定められる期間にわたって生起可能に構成されている(図7(a)参照)。但し、本実施例では、大当り遊技状態の種類に関わらず、その終了後の高ベース状態の期間を主制御CPU60aが共通の変短回数(77回)の期間とするように構成されている。主制御CPU60aは、大当り遊技状態の終了後の高ベース状態における特図変動表示の実行回数(第1・第2特図変動表示の合計変動回数)を変短回数として計数し、その変短回数が所定回数(変短回数である77回)に達したことに応じて高ベース状態を終了させる。但し、高ベース状態での特図変動表示の実行回数が変短回数に達する前に大当り遊技状態を開始する場合は、その時点で高ベース状態を終了させることになる。なお、主制御CPU60aは、主制御RAM60cに記憶される変短フラグの値を、高ベース状態の開始に応じて「0」から「1」に変更し、高ベース状態の終了に応じて「1」から「0」に変更することで、遊技状態が高ベース状態であるか否かを主制御RAM60cに記憶するよう構成されている。また、主制御CPU60aは、変短フラグを「1」に変更する場合に、高ベース状態の開始を示す変短開始コマンドを演出制御CPU65aに出力すると共に、変短フラグを「0」に変更する場合に、高ベース状態の終了を示す変短終了コマンドを演出制御CPU65aに出力するよう構成されている。 The main control CPU 60a is configured to be able to generate a high base state for a period determined according to the type of the big hit symbol / small hit symbol of the special figure after the end of the big hit game state (see FIG. 7A). .. However, in this embodiment, regardless of the type of the jackpot game state, the period of the high base state after the end is configured so that the main control CPU 60a has a common variation number (77 times). The main control CPU 60a counts the number of executions of the special figure variation display (total number of fluctuations of the first and second special figure variation displays) in the high base state after the end of the jackpot game state as the number of variations, and the number of variations thereof. Ends the high base state when it reaches a predetermined number of times (77 times, which is a variation number). However, if the jackpot game state is started before the number of executions of the special figure variation display in the high base state reaches the variation number, the high base state is terminated at that point. The main control CPU 60a changes the value of the variable / short flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from "0" to "1" according to the start of the high base state, and "1" according to the end of the high base state. By changing from "0" to "0", it is configured to store in the main control RAM 60c whether or not the gaming state is the high base state. Further, when the variable / short flag is changed to "1", the main control CPU 60a outputs a variable / short start command indicating the start of the high base state to the staging control CPU 65a and changes the variable / short flag to "0". In this case, it is configured to output a variable / short end command indicating the end of the high base state to the staging control CPU 65a.

なお、小当り遊技状態が高ベース状態中に生起されたとしても、高ベース状態は終了せず、特図変動表示の合計変動回数の計数は継続される。すなわち、小当り遊技状態が生起されることのみを条件として高ベース状態が終了されることはない。一方、高ベース状態中に新たに大当り遊技状態が開始された場合は、その時点で変短回数の計数が中止されるため、その大当り遊技状態の終了後に高ベース状態が生起されると変短回数の計数が新たに開始される。 Even if the small hit game state occurs during the high base state, the high base state does not end and the counting of the total number of fluctuations in the special figure fluctuation display is continued. That is, the high base state is not terminated only on the condition that the small hit game state is generated. On the other hand, if a new big hit game state is started during the high base state, the counting of the number of variations is stopped at that point, so if the high base state occurs after the end of the big hit game state, the change is short. Counting the number of times is newly started.

(大当り遊技状態について)
主制御CPU60aは、始動入賞(始動入賞検出センサSE1,SE2によるパチンコ球の検出)を契機として、下特別入賞口41へのパチンコ球の入賞が可能な大当り遊技状態(大当り、第2遊技状態)を生起可能に構成されている。主制御CPU60aは、始動入賞(始動入賞検出センサSE1,SE2によるパチンコ球の検出)を契機とする大当り判定(特図当り判定)の結果が当りとなった場合に、特図表示部Ma,Mbに停止表示する特図として大当り図柄A,B,aの何れかを決定し、その大当り図柄A,B,aの決定に応じて、生起させる大当り遊技状態の種類を決定する(図7(a)および図8(a)参照)。そして、決定した大当り図柄A,B,aを特図変動表示の結果として停止表示するよう制御した後に、決定した種類の大当り遊技状態(大当り)を生起させる。大当り遊技状態は、特別入賞装置40の下特別開閉部材43を開放するラウンド遊技を、大当り遊技状態の種類に応じた回数(9回または16回)だけ実行するものであって、その最初のラウンド遊技の開始前に、大当り遊技状態の開始を示すオープニング演出が実行され、最後のラウンド遊技の終了後に、大当り遊技状態の終了を示すエンディング演出が実行される。ここで、主制御CPU60aは、大当り遊技状態として、規定ラウンド数が9回の大当り遊技状態である「9ラウンド大当り」と、規定ラウンド数が16回である「16ラウンド大当り」とを生起可能に構成されている。そして、主制御CPU60aは、図8(a)に示すように、特図1の大当り図柄として図柄Aを決定することに応じて、16ラウンド大当りを生起させることを決定し、図柄Bを決定することに応じて9ラウンド大当りを生起させることを決定する。また、特図2の大当り図柄を決定する場合は、図柄aを決定し、これに応じて16ラウンド大当りを生起させることを決定する。なお、各大当り遊技状態における1回のラウンド遊技は、ラウンド遊技時間(予め定めた時間)の経過或いは下特別入賞口41への規定入賞個数(9個)のパチンコ球の入賞(下特別入賞検出センサSE4による検出)を契機として終了するように設定されている。
(About the jackpot game state)
The main control CPU 60a is in a big hit gaming state (big hit, second gaming state) in which the pachinko ball can be won in the lower special winning opening 41 triggered by the starting winning (detection of the pachinko ball by the starting winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2). Is configured to be able to occur. When the result of the big hit determination (special figure hit determination) triggered by the start winning (detection of the pachinko ball by the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2) is a hit, the main control CPU 60a is the special figure display unit Ma, Mb. One of the jackpot symbols A, B, and a is determined as the special symbol to be stopped and displayed, and the type of the jackpot gaming state to be generated is determined according to the determination of the jackpot symbols A, B, a (FIG. 7 (a). ) And FIG. 8 (a)). Then, after controlling the determined jackpot symbols A, B, a to be stopped and displayed as a result of the special symbol variation display, a determined jackpot gaming state (big hit) is generated. In the jackpot game state, the round game in which the special opening / closing member 43 under the special winning device 40 is opened is executed a number of times (9 times or 16 times) according to the type of the jackpot game state, and the first round thereof. Before the start of the game, an opening effect indicating the start of the jackpot game state is executed, and after the end of the final round game, an ending effect indicating the end of the jackpot game state is executed. Here, the main control CPU 60a can generate a "9-round jackpot" in which the specified number of rounds is 9 times and a "16-round jackpot" in which the specified number of rounds is 16 as the jackpot game state. It is configured. Then, as shown in FIG. 8A, the main control CPU 60a determines to generate a 16-round jackpot in response to determining the symbol A as the jackpot symbol of the special figure 1, and determines the symbol B. It is decided to generate a 9-round jackpot accordingly. Further, when the jackpot symbol of the special figure 2 is determined, the symbol a is determined, and it is determined to generate a 16-round jackpot according to the symbol a. In addition, one round game in each big hit game state is the elapse of the round game time (predetermined time) or the winning of the specified number of winning numbers (9 pieces) to the lower special winning opening 41 (lower special winning detection). It is set to end with the detection by the sensor SE4) as a trigger.

主制御ROM60bには、大当り遊技状態のオープニング演出の実行期間(オープニング演出期間)に対応する計測時間(オープニング時間)と、ラウンド遊技の実行期間(ラウンド期間)の最長時間としての計測時間(ラウンド遊技時間)と、大当り遊技状態のエンディング演出の実行期間(エンディング演出期間)に対応する計測時間(エンディング時間)と、各ラウンド遊技間に対応する計測時間(インターバル時間)とが記憶(設定)されている。これらの時間(オープニング時間、ラウンド遊技時間、エンディング時間およびインターバル時間)は、各大当り遊技状態で共通に用いられる。各ラウンド遊技(ラウンド期間)は、その開始から終了まで下特別入賞ソレノイドSL2が励磁状態に維持され、その間、下特別入賞口41が開放されて入賞が可能となる。このラウンド期間の最長時間としてのラウンド遊技時間は、各大当り遊技状態で共通となっている。図8(a)に示すように、各大当り遊技状態におけるラウンド遊技時間(下特別入賞口41の開放時間)として、25000msが設定されており、オープニング時間として、10000msが設定されており、エンディング時間として、15000msが設定されている。また、各ラウンド遊技間に計測するインターバル時間は、2000msが設定されている。なお、ラウンド遊技時間としての25000msは、パチンコ球を600ms間隔で連続的に発射した条件において規定入賞個数(9個)のパチンコ球を入賞させることが充分可能な時間である。 The main control ROM 60b has a measurement time (opening time) corresponding to the execution period (opening effect period) of the opening effect of the jackpot game state, and a measurement time (round game) as the longest time of the execution period (round period) of the round game. The time), the measurement time (ending time) corresponding to the execution period (ending effect period) of the ending effect in the jackpot game state, and the measurement time (interval time) corresponding to each round game are stored (set). There is. These times (opening time, round game time, ending time and interval time) are commonly used in each jackpot game state. In each round game (round period), the lower special winning solenoid SL2 is maintained in the excited state from the start to the end, and during that time, the lower special winning opening 41 is opened and winning is possible. The round game time as the maximum time of this round period is common to each jackpot game state. As shown in FIG. 8A, 25,000 ms is set as the round game time (opening time of the lower special winning opening 41) in each jackpot game state, and 10,000 ms is set as the opening time, and the ending time is set. Is set to 15,000 ms. Further, the interval time measured between each round game is set to 2000 ms. The round game time of 25,000 ms is a time during which a specified number of pachinko balls (9) can be won under the condition that the pachinko balls are continuously fired at intervals of 600 ms.

大当り遊技状態は、大当り判定が当りとなったことに応じて生起される場合(1種大当り)と、小当り遊技状態中にパチンコ球が振分部80の特定凹部(特定入球領域)v1,v2に入球したことに応じて生起される場合(2種大当り)とがある。ここで、小当り判定が当りの場合、小当り遊技状態において上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球が振分部80の特定凹部v1,v2に入球したこと(特定入球検出センサSE7により検出されたこと)を契機として、当該小当り遊技状態を大当り遊技状態(2種大当り)に発展させるようになっている。この場合には、発展前の小当り遊技状態が1回目のラウンド遊技としてカウントされるため、大当り遊技状態(2種大当り)の開始後には、2回目のラウンド遊技から順にラウンド遊技が実行される。なお、小当り遊技状態での特定凹部v1,v2への入球を契機とする大当り遊技状態を16ラウンド大当りおよび9ラウンド大当りの何れとするかは、小当り判定が当りとなった場合に決定する小当り図柄の種類に応じて決定されるようになっている。 In the big hit game state, when the big hit determination is generated in response to a hit (type 1 big hit), the pachinko ball is placed in the specific recess (specific entry area) v1 of the distribution portion 80 during the small hit game state. , There are cases where it occurs in response to entering v2 (two kinds of big hits). Here, when the small hit determination is a hit, the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 in the small hit gaming state has entered the specific recesses v1 and v2 of the distribution unit 80 (according to the specific ball detection sensor SE7). (Detected) as an opportunity to develop the small hit gaming state into a big hit gaming state (type 2 big hit). In this case, since the small hit game state before development is counted as the first round game, the round game is executed in order from the second round game after the start of the big hit game state (type 2 big hit). .. It should be noted that whether the big hit game state triggered by entering the specific recesses v1 or v2 in the small hit game state is a 16-round big hit or a 9-round big hit is determined when the small hit determination is a hit. It is determined according to the type of small hit symbol.

(小当り遊技状態について)
主制御CPU60aは、始動入賞(始動入賞検出センサSE1,SE2によるパチンコ球の検出)を契機として、上特別入賞口51へのパチンコ球の入賞が可能な小当り遊技状態(小当り、第1遊技状態)を生起可能に構成されている。主制御CPU60aは、始動入賞口31,32へのパチンコ球の入賞を契機とする小当り判定(特図当り判定)の結果が当りの判定結果となった場合に、特図表示部Ma,Mbに停止表示する特図として小当り図柄C,D,E,bの何れかを決定し、その小当り図柄C,D,E,bの決定に応じて、生起させる小当り遊技状態の種類(第1~第3小当りの何れか)を決定する(図7(b)および図8(b)参照)。そして、決定した小当り図柄C,D,E,bを特図変動表示の結果として停止表示するよう制御した後に、決定した種類の小当り遊技状態(小当り)を生起させる。主制御CPU60aは、図7(b)および図8(b)に示すように、特図1の大当り図柄として図柄Cを決定することに応じて第1小当りを生起させることを決定し、図柄Dを決定することに応じて第2小当りを生起させることを決定し、図柄Eを決定することに応じて第3小当りを生起させることを決定する。また、特図2の小当り図柄を決定する場合は、図柄bを決定し、これに応じて第1小当りを生起させることを決定する。なお、図8(b)に示すように、小当り図柄C,D,bの決定に応じて、小当り遊技状態後に生起され得る大当り遊技状態(2種大当り)が16ラウンド大当りに決定され、小当り図柄Eの決定に応じて、小当り遊技状態後に生起され得る大当り遊技状態(2種大当り)が9ラウンド大当りに決定される。
(About the small hit game state)
The main control CPU 60a is in a small hit game state (small hit, first game) in which the pachinko ball can be won in the upper special winning opening 51 triggered by the start winning (detection of the pachinko ball by the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2). State) is configured to be able to occur. When the result of the small hit determination (special figure hit determination) triggered by the winning of the pachinko ball to the starting winning openings 31 and 32 becomes the hit determination result, the main control CPU 60a is the special figure display unit Ma, Mb. One of the small hit symbols C, D, E, and b is determined as a special symbol to be stopped and displayed, and the type of the small hit gaming state to be generated according to the determination of the small hit symbols C, D, E, b ( One of the first to third small hits) is determined (see FIGS. 7 (b) and 8 (b)). Then, after controlling the determined small hit symbols C, D, E, and b to be stopped and displayed as a result of the special figure variation display, the determined type of small hit gaming state (small hit) is generated. As shown in FIGS. 7 (b) and 8 (b), the main control CPU 60a determines to generate the first small hit in response to the determination of the symbol C as the big hit symbol of the special figure 1, and the symbol It is decided to generate the second small hit according to the determination of D, and it is determined to generate the third small hit according to the determination of the symbol E. Further, when the small hit symbol of the special figure 2 is determined, the symbol b is determined, and it is determined that the first small hit is generated accordingly. As shown in FIG. 8 (b), according to the determination of the small hit symbols C, D, b, the big hit gaming state (type 2 big hit) that can occur after the small hit gaming state is determined for 16 round big hits. According to the determination of the small hit symbol E, the big hit gaming state (type 2 big hit) that can occur after the small hit gaming state is determined in the 9-round big hit.

第1~第3小当りは、その開始を示すオープニング演出が実行されるオープニング演出期間と、このオープニング演出期間の終了を契機に開始され、上特別入賞口51を入賞可能状態(開放状態)とする小当り開放が実行される小当り開放期間と、小当り開放期間の終了を契機に開始され、小当り遊技状態の終了を示すエンディング演出が実行されるエンディング演出期間とに区分可能であり、主制御ROM60bには、小当り遊技状態のオープニング演出期間に対応する計測時間である第1時間、小当り開放期間の最長時間に対応する計測時間である第2時間、小当り遊技状態のエンディング演出期間に対応する計測時間である第3時間等の時間情報が記憶(設定)されている。そして、主制御CPU60aが、主制御ROM60bに記憶された時間情報に基づいて小当り遊技状態を生起させるようになっている。 The first to third small hits are started at the opening effect period in which the opening effect indicating the start is executed and the end of this opening effect period, and the upper special winning opening 51 is in a winning state (open state). It can be divided into a small hit opening period in which the small hit opening is executed and an ending effect period in which the ending effect indicating the end of the small hit gaming state is executed, which is started at the end of the small hit opening period. The main control ROM 60b has a first hour, which is the measurement time corresponding to the opening effect period of the small hit game state, a second time, which is the measurement time corresponding to the longest time of the small hit opening period, and an ending effect of the small hit game state. Time information such as the third time, which is the measurement time corresponding to the period, is stored (set). Then, the main control CPU 60a causes a small hit game state based on the time information stored in the main control ROM 60b.

ここで、本実施例では、第2時間および第3時間として、小当り遊技状態の種類に関わらず共通の時間が設定されている一方で、第1時間として、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に異なる時間が設定されている。具体的には、図8(b)に示すように、小当り開放の時間(最長時間としての第2時間)が1500msに設定されており、エンディング演出の時間(第3時間)が10000msに設定されている。一方でオープニング演出の時間(第1時間)は、第1小当りで計測する第1時間が5000ms、第2小当りで計測する第1時間が15000ms、第3小当りで計測する第1時間が25000msとなっている。このように、第2時間(小当り開放期間の最長時間)を小当り遊技状態の種類に関わらず共通にしても、第1時間を小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて異ならせることで、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に小当り開放期間の開始タイミングを異ならせることが可能となる(図9参照)。なお、第1時間に加えて第2時間を小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて異ならせるようにすれば、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に上特別入賞口51への入賞し易さを異ならせることもでき、興趣を向上し得る。この他、小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて第3時間を異ならせることも当然可能である。 Here, in this embodiment, the second time and the third time are set to be common regardless of the type of the small hit gaming state, while the first time is set for each type of the small hit gaming state. Different times are set. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8B, the small hit opening time (second time as the longest time) is set to 1500 ms, and the ending effect time (third time) is set to 10,000 ms. Has been done. On the other hand, as for the opening effect time (first time), the first time measured by the first small hit is 5000 ms, the first time measured by the second small hit is 15000 ms, and the first time measured by the third small hit is 15,000 ms. It is 25,000 ms. In this way, even if the second time (the maximum time of the small hit opening period) is common regardless of the type of the small hit gaming state, the first time is different depending on the type of the small hit gaming state. It is possible to make the start timing of the small hit opening period different for each type of hit game state (see FIG. 9). If the second hour is made different according to the type of the small hit gaming state in addition to the first hour, the ease of winning the upper special winning opening 51 is made different for each type of the small hit gaming state. It can also improve the interest. In addition, it is of course possible to make the third time different depending on the type of small hit game state.

小当り遊技状態中の小当り開放期間には、その開始から終了まで上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3が励磁状態とされて上特別開閉部材53が開放され、これにより上特別入賞口51へのパチンコ球の入賞が可能になる。そして、第2時間(予め定めた時間、具体的には1500ms)の計測が終了するか、或いは上特別入賞口51に規定入賞個数(9個)のパチンコ球が入賞すること(上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出が9回に達したこと)を契機として、小当り開放期間が終了するようになっている。但し、パチンコ機10では、前記球発射装置による発射間隔が600ms毎に設定されているので、規定入賞個数のパチンコ球の入賞を契機として小当り開放期間が終了する状況は基本的に生じ得ない。小当り開放期間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球は、前述した誘導通路部79(図3参照)をある程度の時間(本実施例では3500ms程度とする)をかけて通過して振分部80に到達し、当該振分部80で、回転体81に設けられる複数の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6のうち何れか1つに入球して、遊技領域21外に排出される。 During the small hit opening period during the small hit game state, the upper special winning solenoid SL3 is excited and the upper special opening / closing member 53 is opened from the start to the end, whereby the pachinko ball to the upper special winning opening 51 is opened. You can win a prize. Then, the measurement of the second time (predetermined time, specifically 1500 ms) is completed, or the specified number of pachinko balls (9 pieces) are awarded in the upper special winning opening 51 (upper special winning detection). The small hit opening period ends with the trigger of the detection by the sensor SE5 reaching 9 times). However, in the pachinko machine 10, since the firing interval by the ball launching device is set every 600 ms, the situation where the small hit opening period ends with the winning of the specified number of pachinko balls cannot basically occur. .. The pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period passes through the above-mentioned guidance passage portion 79 (see FIG. 3) for a certain period of time (about 3500 ms in this embodiment) and is distributed. The ball reaches the portion 80, and the distribution portion 80 enters any one of the plurality of recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 provided in the rotating body 81 and is discharged to the outside of the game area 21.

第1~第3小当り中、振分部80は、主制御CPU60aの制御により、回転体81および第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93が一体的に回転動作(本実施例では、一定速度での左回転動作)を行い、かつ、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93が予め定められたタイミングで個別に昇降動作を行って、対応の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態の一方から他方に切り替えるように構成されている。主制御CPU60aは、回転体81および第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93を回転させる回転駆動用モータ100について、小当り遊技状態中に限らず、パチンコ機10の通電状態で常に駆動制御の対象とする。すなわち、回転体81および第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93は、主制御CPU60aによる回転駆動用モータ100の制御に基づき、電源投入直後から電源断まで回転動作を継続する。 During the first to third small hits, in the distribution unit 80, the rotating body 81 and the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 are integrally rotated by the control of the main control CPU 60a (in this embodiment). , Left rotation operation at a constant speed), and the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 individually elevate at predetermined timings, and the corresponding recesses v1, v2, h1 It is configured to switch from one of the ball entry allowance state and the ball entry inhibition state to the other. The main control CPU 60a constantly drives the rotary drive motor 100 that rotates the rotating body 81 and the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 not only during the small hit game state but also in the energized state of the pachinko machine 10. Target of control. That is, the rotating body 81 and the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 continue to rotate from immediately after the power is turned on until the power is turned off, based on the control of the rotation driving motor 100 by the main control CPU 60a.

一方で、主制御CPU60aは、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93を昇降させる3つのシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103を、第1~第3小当りにおいて共通の予め定められたタイミングで、個別に駆動制御するように設定されている。なお、シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103の駆動タイミングは、図10に示すシャッタ91a,92a,93aの動作タイミングと一致するものとする。すなわち、振分部80に設けられるシャッタ91a,92a,93aは、小当り遊技状態中のみ、予め定められたタイミングで動作可能である。ここで、図10には、シャッタ91a,92a,93a(図4および図5参照)の動作タイミングとして、3つの非特定1シャッタ91aが第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態の一方から他方に切り替えるタイミングと、3つの非特定2シャッタ92aが第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態の一方から他方に切り替えるタイミングと、2つの特定シャッタ93aが第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態の一方から他方に切り替えるタイミングとを示してある。 On the other hand, in the main control CPU 60a, the three shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 for raising and lowering the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 are predetermined in common in the first to third small hits. It is set to drive and control individually at the same timing. It is assumed that the drive timings of the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 coincide with the operation timings of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a shown in FIG. That is, the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a provided in the distribution unit 80 can operate at predetermined timings only during the small hit game state. Here, in FIG. 10, as the operation timing of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a (see FIGS. 4 and 5), the three non-specific 1 shutters 91a have the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, Timing to switch h5 from one of the ball entry allowed state / ball entry obstructed state to the other, and the three non-specific 2 shutters 92a set the second, fourth, and sixth non-specified recesses h2, h4, and h6 to the ball entry allowed state. The timing of switching from one of the ball entry obstruction states to the other and the timing of switching the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 from one of the ball entry allowance state and the ball entry inhibition state to the other are shown. be.

なお、主制御CPU60aは、図10に示すタイミングでのシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103の駆動制御の実行を、第1~第3小当りの終了時点で中止するように構成されている。図9に示すように、第1~第3小当りは、エンディング演出期間が終了するまでの全体時間(最長時間)の長さが互いに異なっている。すなわち、小当り開放期間に規定入賞個数の入賞球が発生しなければ、非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101の駆動制御は、第1小当りの開始から16500ms経過時点(第1小当りの終了時点)で終了し、非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102の駆動制御は、第2小当りの開始から26500ms経過時点(第2小当りの終了時点)で終了し、特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103の駆動制御は、第3小当りの開始から36500ms経過時点(第3小当りの終了時点)で終了する。 The main control CPU 60a is configured to stop the execution of the drive control of the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 at the timing shown in FIG. 10 at the end of the first to third small hits. As shown in FIG. 9, in the first to third small hits, the length of the total time (maximum time) until the ending effect period ends is different from each other. That is, if the specified number of winning balls is not generated during the small hit opening period, the drive control of the non-specified 1 shutter opening / closing solenoid 101 is performed at the time when 16500 ms has elapsed from the start of the first small hit (at the end of the first small hit). ), The drive control of the non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 ends at the time when 26500 ms has elapsed from the start of the second small hit (at the end of the second small hit), and the drive control of the specific shutter opening / closing solenoid 103 Ends at 36,500 ms after the start of the third small hit (at the end of the third small hit).

第1昇降筒部材91に設けられる3つの非特定1シャッタ91aは、主制御CPU60aが非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図10に示すように、小当り遊技状態(第1~第3小当り)の開始時点から5000ms経過時点(t1)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から7000ms経過時点(t2)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球阻害状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から17000ms経過時点(t4)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t7)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球阻害状態とする。 In the three non-specific 1 shutters 91a provided on the first elevating cylinder member 91, the main control CPU 60a attaches the non-specific 1 shutter opening / closing solenoid 101 to the non-specific 1 shutter opening / closing solenoid 101 based on the elapsed time from the start of the small hit gaming state (the first described above). By controlling the drive (based on the measurement of the time and the second time), it operates at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time (t1) after 5000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the small hit gaming state (first to third small hits). The first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are set to allow ball entry. Next, at the time when 7000 ms has elapsed (t2) from the start time of the small hit game state, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed, whereby the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state. Next, at the time (t4) after 17,000 ms from the start of the small hit game state, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed, whereby the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are inserted. The ball is allowed. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time when 37,000 ms has elapsed (t7) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state.

第2昇降筒部材92に設けられる3つの非特定2シャッタ92aは、主制御CPU60aが非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図10に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から5000ms経過時点(t1)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から7000ms経過時点(t2)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球阻害状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から27000ms経過時点(t6)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t7)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6を入球阻害状態とする。 In the three non-specific 2 shutters 92a provided on the second elevating cylinder member 92, the main control CPU 60a attaches the non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 to the non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 based on the elapsed time from the start of the small hit gaming state (the first described above). By controlling the drive (based on the measurement of the time and the second time), it operates at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time point (t1) after 5000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the second, fourth, and sixth nons are performed. The specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are set to allow ball entry. Next, at the time when 7000 ms has elapsed (t2) from the start time of the small hit game state, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed, whereby the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state. Next, at the time (t6) after 27,000 ms from the start of the small hit game state, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed, whereby the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are inserted. The ball is allowed. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time (t7) after 37,000 ms from the start of the small hit game state, whereby the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state.

第3昇降筒部材93に設けられる2つの特定シャッタ93aは、主制御CPU60aが特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図10に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から7000ms経過時点(t2)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t7)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球阻害状態とする。 In the two specific shutters 93a provided on the third elevating cylinder member 93, the main control CPU 60a sets the solenoid 103 for opening and closing the specific shutter based on the elapsed time from the start time of the small hit gaming state (the first time and the second time described above). By controlling the drive (based on the measurement of time), it operates at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time (t2) after 7000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first and second specific recesses v1, Let v2 be the ball entry allowable state. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time (t7) after 37,000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are put into the ball entry inhibition state.

すなわち、本実施例では、第1~第3小当りで共通とされるシャッタ91a,92a,93aの動作タイミング(シャッタ91a,92a,93aの少なくとも1つが動作する時点)として、図10に示す「t1」、「t2」、「t4」、「t6」、「t7」がある。そして、「t1」~「t2」の期間には、非特定1シャッタ91aおよび非特定2シャッタ92aが開放位置、特定シャッタ93aが閉鎖位置、に夫々位置する状態(以下「予備状態」という)となる。また、「t2」~「t4」の期間には、非特定1シャッタ91aおよび非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置、特定シャッタ93aが開放位置、に夫々位置する状態(以下「最有利状態」という)となる。更に、「t4」~「t6」の期間には、非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置、非特定1シャッタ91aおよび特定シャッタ93aが開放位置、に夫々位置する状態(以下「有利状態」という)となる。更にまた、「t6」~「t7」の期間には、非特定1シャッタ91a、非特定2シャッタ92aおよび特定シャッタ93aの夫々が開放位置に位置する状態(以下「不利状態」という)となる。 That is, in this embodiment, the operation timing of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a (when at least one of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a operates), which is common to the first to third small hits, is shown in FIG. There are "t1", "t2", "t4", "t6", and "t7". During the period from "t1" to "t2", the non-specific 1 shutter 91a and the non-specific 2 shutter 92a are located at the open position and the specific shutter 93a is located at the closed position (hereinafter referred to as "preliminary state"). Become. Further, during the period from "t2" to "t4", the non-specific 1 shutter 91a and the non-specific 2 shutter 92a are located at the closed position and the specific shutter 93a is located at the open position (hereinafter referred to as "most advantageous state"). Will be. Further, during the period from "t4" to "t6", the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located in the closed position, and the non-specific 1 shutter 91a and the specific shutter 93a are located in the open position (hereinafter referred to as "advantageous state"). Become. Furthermore, during the period from "t6" to "t7", the non-specific 1 shutter 91a, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a, and the specific shutter 93a are each located in the open position (hereinafter referred to as "disadvantageous state").

そして、主制御CPU60aは、前述のように小当り遊技状態の種類毎に小当り開放期間の開始タイミング(上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3の駆動によって上特別入賞口51を開放するタイミング)を異ならせることで、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に上特別入賞口51への入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2に入球する確率・期待値(図9参照)を異ならせている。 Then, as described above, the main control CPU 60a makes the start timing of the small hit opening period (the timing of opening the upper special winning opening 51 by driving the upper special winning solenoid SL3) different for each type of the small hit gaming state. , The probability / expected value (see FIG. 9) that the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters the specific recesses v1 and v2 differs depending on the type of the small hit gaming state.

図10に示すように、第1小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第1小当りの開始後5000ms経過時点(t1)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、6500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球は、誘導通路部79を通過するのにある程度(3500ms程度)の時間(誘導時間x1、図10参照)がかかるため、入賞球が滞りなく(正常に)誘導通路部79を通過する場合の振分部80への到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2、図10参照)は概ね、第1小当りの開始後8500ms経過時点~10000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが前述した最有利状態となる期間(t2~t4)に振分部80に到達する。ここで、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが最有利状態となる期間(t2~t4)には、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6の全てが入球阻害状態とされる一方、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態とされる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図9に示す「特定入球の割合」)は、2分の2であり、振分部80に到達した入賞球は100パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図9に示す「期待値」)。このように、第1小当り中における小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞した場合、その入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが最有利状態となる期間(t2~t4)に振分部80に到達し、確実に特定凹部v1,v2に入球することとなる。 As shown in FIG. 10, the small hit opening period during the first small hit starts at 5000 ms after the start of the first small hit (t1), and ends at 6500 ms if there is no winning of the specified number of winnings. do. During this period, the pachinko ball that won the prize in the upper special winning opening 51 takes a certain amount of time (about 3500 ms) to pass through the guidance passage portion 79 (guidance time x 1, see FIG. 10), so that the winning ball does not stagnate (normal). The arrival timing to the distribution portion 80 when passing through the guidance passage portion 79 (normal arrival timing x2, see FIG. 10) is generally in the range of 8500 ms to 10000 ms after the start of the first small hit. The winning ball reaches the distribution unit 80 during the period (t2 to t4) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in the most advantageous state described above. Here, during the period (t2 to t4) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a are in the most advantageous state, all of the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are in the ball entry inhibition state, while the first. The second specific recesses v1 and v2 are set to allow ball entry, respectively. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state (“the ratio of the specific ball entry” shown in FIG. 9) to the total number of the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry permit state is two-half. Yes, the winning ball that has reached the distribution unit 80 has a 100% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (“expected value” shown in FIG. 9). As described above, when the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the first small hit, the winning ball is the period (t2 to t4) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in the most advantageous state. ), The ball reaches the distribution unit 80 and surely enters the specific recesses v1 and v2.

また、図10に示すように、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第2小当りの開始後15000ms経過時点(t3)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、16500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球は、誘導通路部79を通過するのにある程度(3500ms程度)の時間(誘導時間x1)がかかるため、入賞球の振分部80への正常到達タイミングx2は概ね、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが前述した有利状態となる期間(t4~t6)に振分部80に到達する。ここで、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが有利状態となる期間(t4~t6)には、第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6が入球阻害状態とされる一方、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5と、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2とが夫々入球許容状態とされる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図9に示す「特定入球の割合」)は、5分の2であり、振分部80に到達した入賞球は40パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図9に示す「期待値」)。このように、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞した場合、その入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが有利状態となる期間(t4~t6)に振分部80に到達し、40パーセント程度の確率で特定凹部v1,v2に入球する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10, the small hit opening period during the second small hit starts from the time when 15,000 ms has elapsed (t3) after the start of the second small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 16500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the pachinko ball that has won the prize in the upper special winning opening 51 takes a certain amount of time (guidance time x 1) to pass through the guidance passage portion 79, so that the pachinko ball normally reaches the distribution portion 80 of the winning ball. The timing x2 is generally in the range of 18500 ms to 20000 ms after the start of the second small hit, and the winning ball is distributed during the period (t4 to t6) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in the above-mentioned advantageous state. Reach 80. Here, during the period (t4 to t6) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a are in an advantageous state, the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are in a ball entry inhibition state, while the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, and h6 are in an advantageous state. The 1st, 3rd, and 5th non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 and the 1st and 2nd specific recesses v1 and v2 are respectively allowed to enter the ball. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry allowance state (“the ratio of the specific ball entry” shown in FIG. 9) is two-fifths. Yes, the winning ball that has reached the distribution unit 80 has a 40% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (“expected value” shown in FIG. 9). As described above, when the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the second small hit, the winning ball is the period during which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in an advantageous state (t4 to t6). It reaches the distribution unit 80 and enters the specific recesses v1 and v2 with a probability of about 40%.

更に、図10に示すように、第3小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第3小当りの開始後25000ms経過時点(t5)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、26500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球は、誘導通路部79を通過するのにある程度(3500ms程度)の時間(誘導時間x1)がかかるため、入賞球の振分部80への正常到達タイミングx2は概ね、第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが前述した不利状態となる期間(t6~t7)に振分部80に到達する。ここで、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが不利状態となる期間(t6~t7)には、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の全てが入球許容状態とされる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図9に示す「特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、振分部80に到達した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図9に示す「期待値」)。このように、第3小当り中における小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞した場合、その入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが不利状態となる期間(t6~t7)に振分部80に到達し、25パーセント程度の確率で特定凹部v1,v2に入球する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10, the small hit opening period in the third small hit starts from the time when 25,000 ms has elapsed (t5) after the start of the third small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 26500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the pachinko ball that has won the prize in the upper special winning opening 51 takes a certain amount of time (guidance time x 1) to pass through the guidance passage portion 79, so that the pachinko ball normally reaches the distribution portion 80 of the winning ball. The timing x2 is generally in the range of 28500 ms to 30,000 ms after the start of the third small hit, and the winning ball is distributed during the period (t6 to t7) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in the above-mentioned disadvantageous state. Reach 80. Here, during the period (t6 to t7) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in a disadvantageous state, all of the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 enter the ball. It is considered to be an acceptable state. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry allowance state (“the ratio of the specific ball entry” shown in FIG. 9) is two-eighths. Yes, the winning ball that has reached the distribution unit 80 has a 25% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (“expected value” shown in FIG. 9). In this way, when the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the third small hit, the winning ball is the period during which the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are in a disadvantageous state (t6 to t7). It reaches the distribution unit 80 and enters the specific recesses v1 and v2 with a probability of about 25%.

なお、シャッタ91a,92a,93aが前述した予備状態となる期間(t1~t2)が、第1~第3小当り中の各小当り開放期間よりも前、すなわち上特別入賞口51への入賞球が振分部80に到達しないタイミングで生じるように設定されている。このシャッタ91a,92a,93aが予備状態となる期間(t1~t2)は、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6の全てが入球許容状態とされる一方、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球阻害状態とされる期間であり、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(特定入球の割合)は、6分の0であって、仮に振分部80に入賞球が到達したとしても第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2には入球し得ない(この期間のシャッタ91a,92a,93aの状態は最不利状態と言える)。本実施例においてこのような期間を設けてあるのは、遊技機開発段階での、小当り遊技状態(の小当り開放期間)中の特定凹部v1,v2への入球頻度の調整を容易とするためである。すなわち、遊技機開発段階で行う実射試験において小当り遊技状態から大当り遊技状態に発展する頻度が高くなり過ぎることが判明した場合、開発担当者は、第1小当り中におけるオープニング期間を少しずつ短縮し、小当り開放期間のタイミングを少しずつ前にずらすことで、大当り遊技状態に発展する頻度を低下方向に調整可能である。 The period (t1 to t2) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a are in the preliminary state described above is before the opening period of each small hit during the first to third small hits, that is, the winning of the upper special winning opening 51. It is set to occur at a timing when the sphere does not reach the distribution unit 80. During the period (t1 to t2) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a are in the preliminary state, all of the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are in the ball entry allowable state, while the first and second specific recesses. Each of v1 and v2 is a period in which the ball entry is blocked, and the number of specific recesses v1 and v2 in the ball entry allowance state with respect to the total number of recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry allowance state (ratio of specific ball entry). ) Is 0/6, and even if the winning ball reaches the distribution unit 80, it cannot enter the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 (shutters 91a, 92a, during this period). The state of 93a can be said to be the most disadvantageous state). The reason why such a period is provided in this embodiment is that it is easy to adjust the frequency of entering the specific recesses v1 and v2 during the small hit game state (small hit opening period) at the game machine development stage. To do. That is, if it is found that the frequency of developing from the small hit gaming state to the big hit gaming state becomes too high in the actual shooting test conducted at the game machine development stage, the person in charge of development gradually increases the opening period during the first small hit. By shortening and shifting the timing of the small hit opening period forward little by little, it is possible to adjust the frequency of developing into a big hit gaming state in a downward direction.

このように、主制御CPU60aは、第1~第3小当りにおいて共通する予め定められたタイミングに合わせてシャッタ91a,92a,93aの状態を予備状態、最有利状態、有利状態、不利状態の順に切り替え、振分部80におけるパチンコ球の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率・期待値を変化させる。そして、小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて小当り開放期間のタイミングを異ならせることで、各小当り遊技状態での入賞球の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率・期待値を異ならせるように構成されている。 As described above, the main control CPU 60a sets the states of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a in the order of the preliminary state, the most advantageous state, the advantageous state, and the disadvantageous state according to the predetermined timing common to the first to third small hits. Switching is performed, and the probability / expected value of the pachinko ball entering the specific recesses v1 and v2 in the distribution unit 80 is changed. Then, by making the timing of the small hit opening period different according to the type of the small hit gaming state, the probability / expected value of the winning ball entering the specific recesses v1 and v2 in each small hit gaming state can be made different. It is configured in.

ここで、本実施例では、小当り開放期間の開始タイミングが遅くなるほど(オープニング演出期間の時間経過毎に)、入賞球の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率・期待値が低下するように、主制御CPU60aがシャッタ91a,92a,93aの状態を変化させる構成としてある(最有利状態、有利状態、不利状態、の順であり、振分部80に入賞球が到達し得ない予備状態を除く)。これにより、第1小当り、第2小当り、第3小当りの順に、大当り遊技状態(2種大当り)に発展することへの期待度が低下するようになっている。すなわち、開始後5000ms経過時点(t1)から6500ms経過時点までのタイミングでの(第1小当り中の)入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2に入球する確率・期待値を、それ以降のタイミングでの(第2・第3小当り中の)入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2に入球する確率・期待値よりも高くするように構成されている。また、第1小当りの小当り開放期間は、第2・第3小当りの小当り開放期間よりも早期に開始されることで、大当り遊技状態に発展するタイミングも、第2・第3小当りの場合より早くなる。 Here, in this embodiment, the later the start timing of the small hit opening period (every time of the opening effect period), the lower the probability / expected value of the winning ball entering the specific recesses v1 and v2. , The main control CPU 60a is configured to change the states of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a (in the order of the most advantageous state, the advantageous state, the disadvantageous state, and the preliminary state in which the winning ball cannot reach the distribution unit 80). except). As a result, the degree of expectation for developing into a big hit gaming state (type 2 big hit) is lowered in the order of the first small hit, the second small hit, and the third small hit. That is, the probability / expected value that the winning ball (during the first small hit) enters the specific recesses v1 and v2 at the timing from the time when 5000 ms has passed since the start to the time when 6500 ms has passed is determined at the timing after that. The winning ball (in the second and third small hits) is configured to be higher than the probability / expected value of entering the specific recesses v1 and v2. In addition, the small hit opening period of the first small hit is started earlier than the small hit opening period of the second and third small hits, so that the timing of developing into the big hit gaming state is also the second and third small hits. It will be faster than the case of hitting.

なお、シャッタ91a,92a,93aにおける最有利状態、有利状態、不利状態の各状態では、特定凹部v1,v2の入球許容状態が維持される。すなわち、第1~第3小当りの各小当り開放期間は、その期間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率・期待値が相違するものの、どの小当り開放期間においても入賞タイミングに関わらず特定凹部v1,v2に入球する可能性があり、第1~第3小当りの何れにおいても小当り開放期間中に遊技者の期待感を維持し得るようになっている。 In each of the most advantageous state, the advantageous state, and the disadvantageous state in the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a, the ball entry allowable state of the specific recesses v1 and v2 is maintained. That is, in each small hit opening period of the first to third small hits, although the probability and expected value of the pachinko balls that have won the upper special winning opening 51 in the specific recesses v1 and v2 during that period are different, which Even during the small hit opening period, there is a possibility of entering the specific recesses v1 and v2 regardless of the winning timing, and the player's expectation is maintained during the small hit opening period in any of the first to third small hits. It is supposed to get.

また、前述したように、第1~第3小当りにおいて上特別入賞口51にパチンコ球が入賞するタイミング(小当り開放期間)と、その入賞球が振分部80に到達するタイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)との間には、所定時間(概ね3500ms程度)のタイムラグがある。そして、本実施例のパチンコ機10では、主制御CPU60aによるシャッタ91a,92a,93aの状態の切替制御(予備状態から最有利状態への切り替え、最有利状態から有利状態への切り替え、有利状態から不利状態への切り替え)を、小当り開放期間の終了後(かつ正常到達タイミングx2より前)に実行するように構成されている。すなわち、パチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞して振分部80に向けて移動している状態で、少なくとも1つのシャッタ91a,92a,93aが動作し、凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の状態(入球許容状態・入球阻害状態)が変化するので、入賞球の行方に注目する遊技者に適度な緊張感を与えて遊技の興趣を高めることが可能である。 Further, as described above, in the first to third small hits, the timing at which the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 (small hit opening period) and the timing at which the winning ball reaches the distribution portion 80 (normal arrival). There is a time lag of a predetermined time (about 3500 ms) with the timing x2). Then, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 60a controls switching of the states of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a (switching from the preliminary state to the most advantageous state, switching from the most advantageous state to the advantageous state, from the advantageous state). Switching to a disadvantaged state) is configured to be executed after the end of the small hit opening period (and before the normal arrival timing x2). That is, in a state where the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 and moves toward the distribution unit 80, at least one shutter 91a, 92a, 93a operates, and the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 Since the state (admission allowed state / ball entry obstruction state) changes, it is possible to give an appropriate sense of tension to the player who pays attention to the whereabouts of the winning ball and enhance the interest of the game.

(主制御CPU60aによる小当り遊技状態中の制御について)
次に、主制御CPU60aが実行する小当り遊技状態に関する制御処理(小当り制御処理)について、図11(a)および図11(b)を参照しながら説明する。なお、主制御CPU60aは、第1特図表示部Maに特図の小当り図柄C,D,Eを停止表示した場合、および、第2特図表示部Mbに特図の小当り図柄bを停止表示した場合に、所定のタイミングで、主制御RAM60cに記憶される小当りフラグの値を「0」から「1」に変更するように構成されている。小当り制御処理は、主制御CPU60aがパチンコ機10の電源投入に伴う初期設定の終了後に定期的(例えば4ms毎)に実行する制御処理である。
(Regarding control during the small hit game state by the main control CPU 60a)
Next, the control process (small hit control process) related to the small hit game state executed by the main control CPU 60a will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 (a) and 11 (b). The main control CPU 60a stops and displays the small hit symbols C, D, and E of the special figure on the first special figure display unit Ma, and displays the small hit symbol b of the special figure on the second special figure display unit Mb. It is configured to change the value of the small hit flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from "0" to "1" at a predetermined timing when the stop display is displayed. The small hit control process is a control process executed by the main control CPU 60a periodically (for example, every 4 ms) after the completion of the initial setting accompanying the power-on of the pachinko machine 10.

小当り制御処理(図11(a)参照)において、主制御CPU60aは先ず、小当りフラグの値を判定し(ステップS11)、小当りフラグの値が「0」と判定した場合には小当り制御処理を終了する一方、小当りフラグの値が「1」(小当り遊技状態中)と判定した場合は、上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出の有無を判定する(ステップS12)。そして、上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出があったと判定した場合は、主制御RAM60cに記憶される入賞カウンタ(中央入賞装置50内部に存在するパチンコ球の数を計数するカウンタ)の値を1加算して(ステップS13)、ステップS14に移行し、上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出がなかったと判定した場合は、入賞カウンタの値を加算することなく(ステップS13を回避して)、ステップS14に移行する。なお、ステップS12およびステップS13は、小当りフラグの値が「1」の状態であれば別のタイミング(例えば後述する振分処理(ステップS18)中)で行ってもよい。この他、上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出があった場合には、主制御CPU60aの制御に基づく賞球の払い出し動作も実行される。 In the small hit control process (see FIG. 11A), the main control CPU 60a first determines the value of the small hit flag (step S11), and when the value of the small hit flag is determined to be "0", the small hit flag is determined. When it is determined that the value of the small hit flag is "1" (during the small hit game state) while the control process is terminated, it is determined whether or not the detection is performed by the upper special prize detection sensor SE5 (step S12). Then, when it is determined that the detection has been detected by the upper special winning detection sensor SE5, the value of the winning counter (counter for counting the number of pachinko balls existing inside the central winning device 50) stored in the main control RAM 60c is added by 1. Then (step S13), the process proceeds to step S14, and if it is determined that the detection by the upper special winning detection sensor SE5 has not been performed, the value of the winning counter is not added (avoiding step S13), and the process proceeds to step S14. Transition. Note that steps S12 and S13 may be performed at different timings (for example, during the distribution process (step S18) described later) as long as the value of the small hit flag is "1". In addition, when the upper special prize detection sensor SE5 detects the prize ball, the prize ball payout operation based on the control of the main control CPU 60a is also executed.

ステップS14において、主制御CPU60aは、主制御RAM60cに記憶されるOPフラグ、開放フラグおよびEDフラグの値を判定する。ここで、OPフラグは、主制御CPU60aにより、小当り遊技状態におけるオープニング演出期間(第1時間の計測中)に対応して値が「1」となるように制御されるものであり、開放フラグは、主制御CPU60aにより、小当り遊技状態における小当り開放期間(第2時間の計測中)に対応して値が「1」となるように制御されるものであり、EDフラグは、小当り遊技状態におけるエンディング演出期間(第3時間の計測中)に対応して値が「1」となるように制御されるものである。そして、OPフラグ、開放フラグおよびEDフラグの値が何れも「0」と判定した場合(オープニング演出期間の開始タイミング)、OPフラグの値を「0」から「1」に変更すると共に、計測時間として小当り遊技状態の種類に応じた第1時間を設定・計時開始する(ステップS15)。また、主制御CPU60aは、このステップS15において、小当り遊技状態の開始タイミングであることを示す小当り開始コマンドを設定する。この小当り開始コマンドは、主制御CPU60aが実行するコマンド入出力処理(図示せず)において演出制御CPU65aに向けて出力される。そして、主制御CPU60aは、ステップS15が終了すると、ステップS16に移行する。一方、ステップS14においてOPフラグ、開放フラグおよびEDフラグのうち何れかの値が「1」と判定した場合は、ステップS15を経由することなくステップS16に移行する。 In step S14, the main control CPU 60a determines the values of the OP flag, the open flag, and the ED flag stored in the main control RAM 60c. Here, the OP flag is controlled by the main control CPU 60a so that the value becomes "1" corresponding to the opening effect period (during the measurement of the first hour) in the small hit game state, and is an open flag. Is controlled by the main control CPU 60a so that the value becomes "1" corresponding to the small hit opening period (during the measurement of the second time) in the small hit gaming state, and the ED flag is the small hit. The value is controlled to be "1" corresponding to the ending effect period (during the measurement of the third time) in the game state. When it is determined that the values of the OP flag, the open flag, and the ED flag are all "0" (start timing of the opening effect period), the value of the OP flag is changed from "0" to "1" and the measurement time is measured. As a result, the first time according to the type of the small hit game state is set and the time is started (step S15). Further, in this step S15, the main control CPU 60a sets a small hit start command indicating that it is the start timing of the small hit game state. This small hit start command is output to the staging control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (not shown) executed by the main control CPU 60a. Then, when the step S15 is completed, the main control CPU 60a shifts to the step S16. On the other hand, if any of the values of the OP flag, the open flag, and the ED flag is determined to be "1" in step S14, the process proceeds to step S16 without going through step S15.

ステップS16において、主制御CPU60aは、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から第1時間が経過したか否か(オープニング演出期間の終了タイミングであるか否か)を判定する。なおこのステップS16については、OPフラグの値が「1」の場合に限り実行するようにしてもよい。主制御CPU60aは、第1時間が経過したと判定した場合、ステップS17に移行する。一方、ステップS16において第1時間の経過タイミングではないと判定した場合は、ステップS17を経由することなくステップS18(後述)に移行する。 In step S16, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the first time has elapsed from the start time of the small hit game state (whether or not it is the end timing of the opening effect period). Note that this step S16 may be executed only when the value of the OP flag is "1". When the main control CPU 60a determines that the first time has elapsed, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S17. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S16 that it is not the elapsed timing of the first time, the process proceeds to step S18 (described later) without going through step S17.

ステップS17において、主制御CPU60aは、OPフラグの値を「1」から「0」に変更すると共に開放フラグの値を「0」から「1」に変更し、計測時間として小当り遊技状態の種類に関わらず共通の第2時間を設定・計時開始する。また、上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3を励磁状態に制御することで、上特別開閉部材53を開放する。これにより上特別入賞口51へのパチンコ球の入賞が可能となる。更に、主制御CPU60aは、このステップS17において、小当り開放期間の開始タイミングであることを示す開放コマンドを設定する。この開放コマンドは、主制御CPU60aが実行するコマンド入出力処理(図示せず)において演出制御CPU65aに向けて出力される。 In step S17, the main control CPU 60a changes the value of the OP flag from "1" to "0" and the value of the open flag from "0" to "1", and sets the type of small hit game state as the measurement time. Regardless of, the common second time is set and timed. Further, by controlling the upper special winning solenoid SL3 to the excited state, the upper special opening / closing member 53 is opened. This makes it possible to win a pachinko ball in the upper special winning opening 51. Further, in this step S17, the main control CPU 60a sets an opening command indicating that it is the start timing of the small hit opening period. This release command is output to the staging control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (not shown) executed by the main control CPU 60a.

主制御CPU60aは、ステップS16において第1時間が経過していないと判定した場合、および、ステップS17が終了した場合に、ステップS18に移行し、振分処理を実行する。ここで、ステップS18の振分処理について、図11(b)(ステップS181~ステップS186)を参照しながら説明する。 When it is determined in step S16 that the first time has not elapsed, and when step S17 is completed, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S18 and executes the distribution process. Here, the distribution process of step S18 will be described with reference to FIG. 11B (steps S181 to S186).

振分処理において主制御CPU60aは、前述した第1時間や第2時間についての計時状況から特定可能な小当り遊技状態の開始からの経過時間に応じて、小当り遊技状態の種類に関わらず共通のタイミング(図10参照)でシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103を駆動し、各シャッタ91a,92a,93aを予め定められたタイミングで動作させる(ステップS181)。なお、小当り遊技状態における各シャッタ91a,92a,93aの動作タイミングに関しては、図10を参照して前述した通りである。 In the distribution process, the main control CPU 60a is common regardless of the type of the small hit game state according to the elapsed time from the start of the small hit game state that can be specified from the timing conditions for the first time and the second time described above. The shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 are driven at the timing (see FIG. 10), and the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are operated at predetermined timings (step S181). The operation timings of the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a in the small hit game state are as described above with reference to FIG.

次に、主制御CPU60aは、非特定入球検出センサSE6による検出の有無を判定する(ステップS182)。そして、非特定入球検出センサSE6による検出があったと判定した場合は、主制御RAM60cにおける前記入賞カウンタの値を1減算して(ステップS183)、ステップS184に移行し、非特定入球検出センサSE6による検出がなかったと判定した場合は、入賞カウンタの値を減算することなく(ステップS183を回避して)、ステップS184に移行する。ステップS184において主制御CPU60aは、特定入球検出センサSE7による検出の有無を判定する。そして、特定入球検出センサSE7による検出がなかったと判定した場合、振分処理を終了する。なお、入賞カウンタは、前述のように中央入賞装置50内部に存在するパチンコ球の数(残存球数)を計数するものであり、上特別入賞口51を通じて中央入賞装置50内にパチンコ球が流入すること(上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出)に応じて入賞カウンタの計数値が増加し、中央入賞装置50の振分部80から遊技領域21外にパチンコ球が排出されること(非特定入球検出センサSE6または特定入球検出センサSE7による検出)に応じて入賞カウンタの計数値が減少するようになっている。 Next, the main control CPU 60a determines the presence / absence of detection by the non-specific ball entry detection sensor SE6 (step S182). Then, when it is determined that the detection by the non-specific ball entry detection sensor SE6 has been performed, the value of the winning counter in the main control RAM 60c is subtracted by 1 (step S183), the process proceeds to step S184, and the non-specific ball entry detection sensor If it is determined that the detection by SE6 has not been performed, the process proceeds to step S184 without subtracting the value of the winning counter (avoid step S183). In step S184, the main control CPU 60a determines the presence / absence of detection by the specific ball entry detection sensor SE7. Then, when it is determined that the detection by the specific ball entry detection sensor SE7 has not been performed, the distribution process is terminated. As described above, the winning counter counts the number of pachinko balls existing inside the central winning device 50 (the number of remaining balls), and the pachinko balls flow into the central winning device 50 through the upper special winning opening 51. The counting value of the winning counter increases according to what is done (detection by the upper special winning detection sensor SE5), and the pachinko ball is discharged from the distribution portion 80 of the central winning device 50 to the outside of the game area 21 (non-specific entry). The counting value of the winning counter is reduced according to the ball detection sensor SE6 or the specific ball detection sensor SE7).

主制御CPU60aは、ステップS184において特定入球検出センサSE7による検出があったと判定した場合、すなわちパチンコ球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球したことに応じて、ステップS185を実行する。このステップS185では、前述のように入賞カウンタの値を1減算する他、主制御RAM60cに記憶される特定入球フラグの値を「0」から「1」に変更する。なお、特定入球フラグは、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかにパチンコ球が入球したことを示すものであり、主制御CPU60aは、特定入球フラグの値が「1」の状態で小当り遊技状態を終了する場合に、遊技状態を大当り遊技状態に発展させるよう制御する。この他に、ステップS185では、小当り遊技状態(小当りフラグの値が「1」の状態)において第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかにパチンコ球が入球したことを示す特定入球コマンドを主制御CPU60aが設定する。この特定入球コマンドは、主制御CPU60aが実行するコマンド入出力処理(図示せず)において演出制御CPU65aに向けて出力される。そして、主制御CPU60aは、ステップS185の終了により、振分処理を終了し、図11(a)のステップS19に移行する。 The main control CPU 60a determines in step S184 that the pachinko ball has been detected by the specific ball entry detection sensor SE7, that is, in response to the pachinko ball entering any of the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2. Execute S185. In step S185, in addition to subtracting 1 from the value of the winning counter as described above, the value of the specific ball entry flag stored in the main control RAM 60c is changed from "0" to "1". The specific entry flag indicates that the pachinko ball has entered any of the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2, and the main control CPU 60a has a value of the specific entry flag of "1". When the small hit game state is terminated in the state of, the game state is controlled to be developed into the big hit game state. In addition to this, in step S185, it is specified that the pachinko ball has entered any of the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 in the small hit game state (the state where the value of the small hit flag is "1"). The main control CPU 60a sets the ball entry command. This specific entry command is output to the staging control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (not shown) executed by the main control CPU 60a. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the distribution process by the end of step S185, and proceeds to step S19 of FIG. 11 (a).

再び図11(a)に戻り説明する。主制御CPU60aは、振分処理(ステップS18)の終了後、小当り開放期間を終了する条件(開放終了条件)が成立したか否かを判定する(ステップS19)。具体的には、小当り開放期間中に計測する第2時間が経過したか否か(小当り開放期間の終了タイミングであるか否か)と、小当り開放期間中における上特別入賞口51への入賞個数が規定入賞個数(9個)に達したか否か(上特別入賞検出センサSE5による検出が9回に達したか否か)を判定し、第2時間が経過したと判定した場合と、入賞個数が規定入賞個数に達したと判定した場合とに、開放終了条件が成立したと判定する。なおこのステップS19については、開放フラグの値が「1」の場合に限り実行するようにしてもよい。主制御CPU60aは、第2時間が経過した(小当り開放期間の終了タイミング)と判定した場合、ステップS20に移行する。 The explanation will be given by returning to FIG. 11 (a) again. After the distribution process (step S18) is completed, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the condition for ending the small hit opening period (opening end condition) is satisfied (step S19). Specifically, whether or not the second time to be measured during the small hit opening period has elapsed (whether or not it is the end timing of the small hit opening period), and to the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period. When it is determined whether or not the number of winnings has reached the specified number of winnings (9) (whether or not the detection by the special winning detection sensor SE5 has reached 9 times), and it is determined that the second time has passed. When it is determined that the number of winnings has reached the specified number of winnings, it is determined that the opening end condition is satisfied. Note that this step S19 may be executed only when the value of the open flag is "1". When the main control CPU 60a determines that the second time has elapsed (the end timing of the small hit opening period), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S20.

ステップS20において主制御CPU60aは、開放フラグの値を「1」から「0」に変更する一方で、EDフラグの値を「0」から「1」に変更する。また、計測時間として第3時間を設定すると共に、該第3時間の計測を開始する。更に、励磁状態である上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3を消磁状態に変更する。これらの処理により、小当り開放期間からエンディング期間へと移行する。この他、主制御CPU60aは、ステップS20において、小当り開放期間の終了タイミングであることを示す閉鎖コマンド、エンディング演出期間の開始タイミングであることを示すEDコマンドを設定する。この閉鎖コマンドおよびEDコマンドは、主制御CPU60aが実行するコマンド入出力処理(図示せず)において演出制御CPU65aに向けて出力される。 In step S20, the main control CPU 60a changes the value of the open flag from "1" to "0", while changing the value of the ED flag from "0" to "1". Further, the third time is set as the measurement time, and the measurement of the third time is started. Further, the special winning solenoid SL3, which is in the excited state, is changed to the degaussed state. By these processes, the small hit opening period shifts to the ending period. In addition, in step S20, the main control CPU 60a sets a closing command indicating that it is the end timing of the small hit opening period and an ED command indicating that it is the start timing of the ending effect period. The closing command and the ED command are output to the staging control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (not shown) executed by the main control CPU 60a.

主制御CPU60aは、ステップS19において第2時間が経過していないと判定した場合、および、ステップS20が終了した場合に、ステップS21に移行する。ステップS21において、主制御CPU60aは、エンディング演出期間中に計測する第3時間が経過したか否か(エンディング演出期間の終了タイミングすなわち小当り遊技状態の終了タイミングであるか否か)を判定する。なおこのステップS21については、EDフラグの値が「1」の場合に限り実行するようにしてもよい。主制御CPU60aは、第3時間が経過した(エンディング演出期間の終了タイミング)と判定した場合、ステップS22に移行する。一方、第3時間が経過していないと判定した場合には、小当り制御処理を終了する。 The main control CPU 60a shifts to step S21 when it is determined in step S19 that the second time has not elapsed and when step S20 is completed. In step S21, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the third time to be measured has elapsed during the ending effect period (whether or not it is the end timing of the ending effect period, that is, the end timing of the small hit game state). Note that this step S21 may be executed only when the value of the ED flag is "1". When the main control CPU 60a determines that the third time has elapsed (end timing of the ending effect period), the main control CPU 60a shifts to step S22. On the other hand, if it is determined that the third time has not elapsed, the small hit control process is terminated.

ステップS22において、主制御CPU60aは、入賞カウンタの値が「0」であるか否かを判定する。そして、入賞カウンタの値が「0」であると判定した場合には、ステップS23に移行し、EDフラグおよび小当りフラグの各値を「1」から「0」に変更することで、小当り遊技状態を終了させる。また、主制御CPU60aは、ステップS23において、小当り遊技状態の終了タイミングであることを示す小当り終了コマンドを設定する。一方で、主制御CPU60aは、ステップS22において入賞カウンタの値が0ではない(1以上)と判定した場合、すなわち、小当り遊技状態の終了タイミングであるにも関わらず中央入賞装置50内に残存球が存在している場合に、ステップS24に移行し、異常状態であることを示すエラーコマンドを設定する。なお、小当り終了コマンドおよびエラーコマンドは、主制御CPU60aが実行するコマンド入出力処理(図示せず)において演出制御CPU65aに向けて出力される。そして、主制御CPU60aは、ステップ23またはステップS24の終了により、小当り制御処理を終了する。 In step S22, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the value of the winning counter is "0". Then, when it is determined that the value of the winning counter is "0", the process proceeds to step S23, and each value of the ED flag and the small hit flag is changed from "1" to "0" to make a small hit. End the game state. Further, in step S23, the main control CPU 60a sets a small hit end command indicating that it is the end timing of the small hit game state. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines in step S22 that the value of the winning counter is not 0 (1 or more), that is, it remains in the central winning device 50 even though it is the end timing of the small hit game state. If a sphere exists, the process proceeds to step S24, and an error command indicating an abnormal state is set. The small hit end command and the error command are output to the staging control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (not shown) executed by the main control CPU 60a. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the small hit control process by the end of step 23 or step S24.

(演出制御CPU65aによる各遊技状態に関する演出制御について)
次に、パチンコ機10における演出制御について説明する。前記演出制御基板65に備えられる演出制御CPU65aは、主制御CPU60aから出力される各種の制御信号(制御コマンド)に基づいて該主制御CPU60aの制御状態に関する情報を得ると共に、該主制御CPU60aの制御状態に合わせて演出を決定・実行するよう構成されている。
(Regarding the staging control related to each game state by the staging control CPU 65a)
Next, the staging control in the pachinko machine 10 will be described. The staging control CPU 65a provided on the staging control board 65 obtains information on the control state of the main control CPU 60a based on various control signals (control commands) output from the main control CPU 60a, and controls the main control CPU 60a. It is configured to determine and execute the production according to the state.

図柄変動演出に関して演出制御CPU65aは、主制御CPU60aから特図変動表示の開始タイミングで出力される特図変動パターン指定コマンド等を入力することにより、停止表示される特図の種類、変動時間、図柄変動演出の大まかな演出内容等を特定する。そして、図柄変動演出の具体的な演出内容(演出パターン)を演出制御ROM65bに記憶される複数種類のうちから決定し、決定した演出パターンに対応する演出パターン指定コマンドを表示制御CPU70aに出力して、特図変動表示の開始タイミングで演出表示装置17での図柄変動演出を開始させる。また、特図変動表示の終了タイミングで主制御CPU60aから出力される停止コマンドを入力することに応じて、実行中の図柄変動演出の終了タイミングを特定し、表示制御基板70に制御信号を出力して実行中の図柄変動演出を終了させる。なお、演出制御CPU65aは、主制御CPU60aから変短開始コマンドを入力した時点から変短終了コマンドを入力した時点まで(すなわち高ベース状態としての開始から終了まで)、演出制御RAM65cに記憶されるサブ変短フラグの値を「1」とし、それ以外の期間にはサブ変短フラグの値を「0」として、このサブ変短フラグの値に応じて図柄変動演出等の演出内容を異ならせる(演出モードを異ならせる)ように制御を行う。 Regarding the symbol variation effect, the effect control CPU 65a inputs a special symbol variation pattern designation command or the like output from the main control CPU 60a at the start timing of the special symbol variation display, so that the type of the special symbol, the variation time, and the symbol are stopped and displayed. Specify the rough production contents of the variable production. Then, the specific effect content (effect pattern) of the symbol variation effect is determined from a plurality of types stored in the effect control ROM 65b, and the effect pattern designation command corresponding to the determined effect pattern is output to the display control CPU 70a. , The symbol variation effect on the effect display device 17 is started at the start timing of the special figure variation display. Further, in response to the input of the stop command output from the main control CPU 60a at the end timing of the special figure variation display, the end timing of the symbol variation effect being executed is specified, and the control signal is output to the display control board 70. And end the running symbol variation effect. The staging control CPU 65a is a sub stored in the staging control RAM 65c from the time when the variable / short start command is input from the main control CPU 60a to the time when the variable / short end command is input (that is, from the start to the end as the high base state). The value of the variable / short flag is set to "1", the value of the sub variable / short flag is set to "0" in other periods, and the effect contents such as the symbol variation effect are different according to the value of this sub variable / short flag ( Control to make the production mode different).

小当り遊技状態に関して演出制御CPU65aは、主制御CPU60aからの特図変動パターン指定コマンド等により特定される特図の停止図柄としての小当り図柄C,D,E,bの種類から、生起させる小当り遊技状態の種類を特定可能に構成されている。従って、演出制御CPU65aは、特図変動パターン指定コマンド等により特定される特図の停止図柄が小当り図柄C,D,E,bであった場合に、図柄変動演出の演出内容と共に、小当り遊技状態中に行う小当り演出(オープニング演出、小当り開放演出およびエンディング演出)の演出内容も決定する。そして、主制御CPU60aからの停止コマンドの入力から所定時間経過後に主制御CPU60aからの小当り開始コマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで演出表示装置17にオープニング演出を実行開始させ、主制御CPU60aからの開放コマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで演出表示装置17に小当り遊技状態の種類に応じた小当り開放演出を実行開始させ、主制御CPU60aからの閉鎖コマンドまたはエンディングコマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで演出表示装置17にエンディング演出を実行開始させる。なお、前述のように、小当り遊技状態では、オープニング演出期間が長くなるほど特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率・期待値が低くなることから、小当り開放演出としては例えば、演出表示装置17に表示する所定のキャラクタが所定のミッションに挑戦し、そのミッションをクリアするタイミング(演出終了タイミング)が早いほど遊技者の期待感を高められるような演出内容とすることが好適である。また、演出制御CPU65aは、主制御CPU60aからの特定入球コマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで、実行中の小当り遊技状態が大当り遊技状態に発展することに関する報知演出を演出表示装置17に実行開始させる。 Regarding the small hit game state, the effect control CPU 65a is generated from the types of the small hit symbols C, D, E, and b as the stop symbols of the special figure specified by the special figure fluctuation pattern designation command from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured so that the type of winning game state can be specified. Therefore, when the stop symbol of the special symbol specified by the special symbol variation pattern designation command or the like is the small hit symbol C, D, E, b, the effect control CPU 65a has a small hit together with the effect content of the symbol variation effect. The content of the small hit effect (opening effect, small hit opening effect, and ending effect) performed during the game state is also determined. Then, after a predetermined time has elapsed from the input of the stop command from the main control CPU 60a, the control signal is output to the display control CPU 70a triggered by the input of the small hit start command from the main control CPU 60a, thereby producing an opening effect on the effect display device 17. Execution is started, and by inputting a release command from the main control CPU 60a, a control signal is output to the display control CPU 70a so that the effect display device 17 starts executing the small hit release effect according to the type of the small hit game state. By inputting a closing command or an ending command from the main control CPU 60a and outputting a control signal to the display control CPU 70a, the effect display device 17 is made to start executing the ending effect. As described above, in the small hit game state, the longer the opening effect period, the lower the probability / expected value of entering the specific recesses v1 and v2. Therefore, as the small hit opening effect, for example, the effect display device 17 It is preferable that the effect content is such that the predetermined character displayed on the screen challenges a predetermined mission, and the earlier the timing of clearing the mission (the end timing of the effect), the higher the expectation of the player. Further, the staging control CPU 65a relates to the fact that the running small hit game state develops into the big hit game state by outputting a control signal to the display control CPU 70a triggered by the input of the specific input command from the main control CPU 60a. The effect display device 17 is made to start executing the notification effect.

大当り遊技状態に関して演出制御CPU65aは、主制御CPU60aからの特図変動パターン指定コマンド等により特定される特図の停止図柄としての大当り図柄A,B,aの種類から、生起させる大当り遊技状態の種類を特定可能に構成されている。従って、演出制御CPU65aは、特図変動パターン指定コマンド等により特定される特図の停止図柄が大当り図柄A,B,aであった場合に、図柄変動演出の演出内容と共に、大当り遊技状態中に行う大当り演出(オープニング演出、ラウンド演出およびエンディング演出)の演出内容も決定する。そして、主制御CPU60aからの停止コマンドの入力から所定時間経過後に主制御CPU60aからの小当り開始コマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで演出表示装置17にオープニング演出を実行開始させ、主制御CPU60aからの開放コマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで演出表示装置17にラウンド演出を実行開始させ、主制御CPU60aからの閉鎖コマンドまたはエンディングコマンドの入力を契機として、表示制御CPU70aに制御信号を出力することで演出表示装置17にエンディング演出を実行開始させる。 Regarding the jackpot game state, the effect control CPU 65a is generated from the types of jackpot symbols A, B, and a as stop symbols of the special symbol specified by the special symbol fluctuation pattern designation command from the main control CPU 60a. Is configured to be identifiable. Therefore, when the stop symbol of the special symbol specified by the special symbol variation pattern designation command or the like is the jackpot symbols A, B, a, the effect control CPU 65a is in the jackpot game state together with the effect content of the symbol variation effect. The content of the jackpot production (opening production, round production and ending production) to be performed is also determined. Then, after a predetermined time has elapsed from the input of the stop command from the main control CPU 60a, the control signal is output to the display control CPU 70a triggered by the input of the small hit start command from the main control CPU 60a, thereby producing an opening effect on the effect display device 17. The execution is started, and the input of the release command from the main control CPU 60a triggers the output of the control signal to the display control CPU 70a to cause the effect display device 17 to start the execution of the round effect, and the close command or the ending command from the main control CPU 60a. By outputting a control signal to the display control CPU 70a, the effect display device 17 is made to start executing the ending effect.

(実施例1の作用)
次に、前述した実施例1に係るパチンコ機10の作用につき説明する。
(Action of Example 1)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the above-mentioned Example 1 will be described.

実施例1のパチンコ機10は、遊技領域21に設けられた始動入賞口31,32へのパチンコ球の入賞を契機として、主制御CPU60a(遊技制御手段)が小当り判定(判定処理)を実行する。そして、主制御CPU60aは、小当り判定が当りの判定結果となった場合に、遊技領域21に設けられた上特別入賞口51へのパチンコ球の入賞が可能となる小当り遊技状態(第1遊技状態)を生起させる。また、主制御CPU60aは、小当り判定が当りの判定結果となった場合に、特図として小当り図柄C,D,E,bの何れかを決定し、その決定した小当り図柄C,D,E,bに対応する種類の小当り遊技状態を生起させることを決定する。主制御CPU60aは、複数種類の小当り遊技状態(第1~第3小当り)を決定可能であり、停止表示する特図として小当り図柄C,bを決定することに伴って第1小当りを生起させることを決定し、小当り図柄Dを決定することに伴って第2小当りを生起させることを決定し、小当り図柄Eを決定することに伴って第3小当りを生起させることを決定する。 In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the main control CPU 60a (game control means) executes a small hit determination (determination process) triggered by the winning of a pachinko ball to the starting winning openings 31 and 32 provided in the game area 21. do. Then, the main control CPU 60a is in a small hit game state (first) in which when the small hit determination is a hit determination result, the pachinko ball can be won in the upper special winning opening 51 provided in the game area 21. (Game state) is caused. Further, the main control CPU 60a determines one of the small hit symbols C, D, E, and b as a special figure when the small hit determination is the hit determination result, and the determined small hit symbols C, D. It is determined to cause a kind of small hit game state corresponding to, E, b. The main control CPU 60a can determine a plurality of types of small hit gaming states (first to third small hits), and the first small hit is determined by determining the small hit symbols C and b as special figures for stop display. It is decided to generate a second small hit with the determination of the small hit symbol D, and a third small hit is generated with the determination of the small hit symbol E. To decide.

主制御CPU60aは、パチンコ機10の通電状態において常に(小当り遊技状態中に限らず)回転駆動用モータ100を駆動制御の対象とする。このため、回転体81(および第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93)は、電源投入直後から電源断まで、一定速度での左回転動作を継続する。これに対し、非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101、非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102および特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103については、小当り遊技状態中に限り、第1~第3小当りに共通する予め定められたタイミングに合わせて駆動制御を行う。このため、第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93のうちパチンコ球と接触し得る上端側に設けられるシャッタ(可動体)91a,92a,93aが、小当り遊技状態(第1~第3小当り)中、部材単位で(第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93毎に)個別に定められたタイミングによって昇降動作を行い、対応の凹部(入球領域)v1,v2,h1~h6を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態のうち一方から他方に変更する。従って、小当り遊技状態(第1~第3小当り)中には、回転体81に設けられている8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6のうち、入球許容状態とされている凹部v1,v2,h1~h6にのみ、入賞球が入球可能となる。 The main control CPU 60a always targets the rotary drive motor 100 (not limited to the small hit game state) in the energized state of the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, the rotating body 81 (and the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93) continues to rotate counterclockwise at a constant speed from immediately after the power is turned on until the power is turned off. On the other hand, the non-specific 1 shutter opening / closing solenoid 101, the non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102, and the specific shutter opening / closing solenoid 103 are common to the first to third small hits only during the small hit gaming state. Drive control is performed according to the specified timing. Therefore, the shutters (movable bodies) 91a, 92a, 93a provided on the upper end side of the first to third elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93 that can come into contact with the pachinko ball are in the small hit gaming state (first to third). During (3 small hits), the ascending / descending operation is performed at the timing individually determined for each member (for each of the 1st to 3rd elevating cylinder members 91, 92, 93), and the corresponding recesses (ball entry area) v1, v2, Change h1 to h6 from one of the ball entry allowance state and the ball entry inhibition state to the other. Therefore, during the small hit game state (first to third small hits), among the eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 provided in the rotating body 81, the recess v1 which is considered to be in the ball entry allowable state. Only in v2, h1 to h6, winning balls can be entered.

主制御CPU60aは、図10に示すタイミングでシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103の駆動制御を行うが、小当り遊技状態の終了時点でシャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101,102,103の駆動制御の実行を中止する。なお、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から終了時点までの最長時間は小当り遊技状態の種類毎に異なっており、第1小当りは、開始後16500ms経過時点が終了時点となり、第2小当りは、開始後26500ms経過時点が終了時点となり、第3小当りは、開始後36500ms経過時点が終了時点となる。 The main control CPU 60a controls the drive of the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 at the timing shown in FIG. 10, but executes the drive control of the shutter opening / closing solenoids 101, 102, 103 at the end of the small hit game state. Cancel. The maximum time from the start time to the end time of the small hit gaming state differs depending on the type of the small hit gaming state. The end point is 26500 ms after the start, and the end point is 36500 ms after the start of the third small hit.

主制御CPU60aは、第1小当りを生起させる場合、その開始後5000ms経過時点(図10のt2)からの1500ms(第1時間)を小当り開放期間(上特別入賞口51を開放する小当り開放)とする。この場合に、上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1小当りの開始後8500ms経過時点~10000ms経過時点までの間(正常到達タイミングx2)に振分部80に到達し易い。この正常到達タイミングx2の間、非特定1シャッタ91aおよび非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置となり、特定シャッタ93aが開放位置となる(シャッタ91a,92a,93が最有利状態となる)ので、振分部80に到達した入賞球は第1・第2特定凹部(特定入球領域)v1,v2の何れかにしか入球し得ず、最も高い確率(100パーセント)で入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2に入球する。 When the main control CPU 60a causes the first small hit, the small hit opening period (upper special winning opening 51 is opened) is 1500 ms (first time) from the time point after 5000 ms (t2 in FIG. 10) has elapsed since the start of the first small hit. Open). In this case, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 tends to reach the distribution unit 80 from the time when 8500 ms has elapsed to the time when 10000 ms has elapsed (normal arrival timing x 2) after the start of the first small hit. During this normal arrival timing x2, the non-specific 1 shutter 91a and the non-specific 2 shutter 92a are in the closed position, and the specific shutter 93a is in the open position (the shutters 91a, 92a, 93 are in the most advantageous state), so that the distribution is performed. The winning ball that has reached the part 80 can only enter either the first or second specific recess (specific winning area) v1 or v2, and the winning ball has the highest probability (100%) of being the first or first. 2 Enter the specific recesses v1 and v2.

主制御CPU60aは、第2小当りを生起させる場合、その開始後15000ms経過時点(図10のt3)からの1500ms(第1時間)を小当り開放期間(上特別入賞口51を開放する小当り開放)とする。この場合に、上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点までの間(正常到達タイミングx2)に振分部80に到達し易い。この正常到達タイミングx2の間、非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置となり、非特定1シャッタ91aおよび特定シャッタ93aが開放位置となる(シャッタ91a,92a,93が有利状態となる)ので、振分部80に到達した入賞球は、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2のうち何れかに入球する。すなわち、入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2に入球する確率(40パーセント)は、第1小当りの場合よりも低確率となる。 When the main control CPU 60a causes a second small hit, the small hit opening period (upper special winning opening 51 is opened) is 1500 ms (first time) from the time point where 15,000 ms has elapsed (t3 in FIG. 10) after the start of the second small hit. Open). In this case, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 tends to reach the distribution unit 80 from the time when 18500 ms has elapsed to the time when 20000 ms has elapsed (normal arrival timing x 2) after the start of the second small hit. During this normal arrival timing x2, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is in the closed position, and the non-specific 1 shutter 91a and the specific shutter 93a are in the open position (the shutters 91a, 92a, 93 are in an advantageous state). The winning ball that has reached 80 enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 and the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. That is, the probability (40%) that the winning ball enters the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 is lower than that in the case of the first small hit.

主制御CPU60aは、第3小当りを生起させる場合、その開始後25000ms経過時点(図10のt5)からの1500ms(第1時間)を小当り開放期間(上特別入賞口51を開放する小当り開放)とする。この場合に、上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点までの間(正常到達タイミングx2)に振分部80に到達し易い。この正常到達タイミングx2の間、非特定1シャッタ91a、非特定2シャッタ92aおよび特定シャッタ93aの全てが開放位置となる(シャッタ91a,92a,93が不利状態となる)ので、振分部80に到達した入賞球は、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2のうち何れかに入球する。すなわち、入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2に入球する確率(25パーセント)は、第1小当りおよび第2小当りの場合よりも低確率となる。 When the main control CPU 60a causes a third small hit, the small hit opening period (upper special winning opening 51 is opened) is 1500 ms (first time) from the time point of 25,000 ms after the start (t5 in FIG. 10). Open). In this case, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 tends to reach the distribution unit 80 from the time when 28500 ms has elapsed to the time when 30000 ms has elapsed (normal arrival timing x 2) after the start of the third small hit. During this normal arrival timing x2, all of the non-specific 1 shutter 91a, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a, and the specific shutter 93a are in the open position (the shutters 91a, 92a, 93 are in a disadvantageous state), so that the distribution unit 80 is in a disadvantageous state. The reached winning ball enters any of the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2. That is, the probability (25%) that the winning ball enters the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 is lower than that in the case of the first small hit and the second small hit.

第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球したパチンコ球は、振分部80内部に設けられる図示しない第2集合樋(排出樋)を流下して遊技領域21外に排出される。その過程で、パチンコ球が特定入球検出センサSE7によって検出されて検出信号が主制御CPU60aに入力される。この検出信号の入力により、主制御CPU60aが特定凹部v1,v2への入球の発生を特定する。そして、主制御CPU60aは、特定入球検出センサSE7による検出(特定凹部v1,v2への入球)を契機として、エンディング演出期間の終了後に大当り遊技状態へと移行させる。 The pachinko ball that has entered either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 flows down a second gutter (drainage gutter) (not shown) provided inside the distribution portion 80 and is discharged to the outside of the game area 21. Gutter. In the process, the pachinko ball is detected by the specific ball entry detection sensor SE7, and the detection signal is input to the main control CPU 60a. By inputting this detection signal, the main control CPU 60a identifies the occurrence of a ball entering the specific recesses v1 and v2. Then, the main control CPU 60a shifts to the big hit game state after the end of the ending effect period, triggered by the detection by the specific ball entry detection sensor SE7 (ball entry into the specific recesses v1 and v2).

すなわち、実施例1のパチンコ機10は、複数種類の小当り遊技状態(第1遊技状態)を生起可能な主制御CPU(遊技制御手段)60aが、振分部80のうち上特別入賞口(特別入賞口)51への入賞球と接触し得る位置に進出可能なシャッタ91a,92a,93aによる、図10に示すタイミングでの一定の昇降動作(一定の動作)を、小当り遊技状態の種類(第1~第3小当り)に関わらず共通のタイミングで開始させる一方、小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて異なる小当り開放期間に上特別入賞口51を開放してパチンコ球の入賞を許容すると共に、シャッタ91a,92a,93aにおける一定の昇降動作による位置変化に応じて、少なくとも1つの非特定凹部(非特定入球領域)h1~h6を入球許容形態および入球阻害形態の一方から他方に切り替えることで、上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球の特定凹部(特定入球領域)v1,v2への入球確率を変化させる。このように、複数種類の小当り遊技状態において共通のタイミングでシャッタ91a,92a,93aに一定の昇降動作を開始させる一方、その小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて上特別入賞口51の開放期間(小当り開放期間)を異ならせることで、小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて特定凹部v1,v2へのパチンコ球の入球確率を異ならせることができ、これにより、小当り遊技状態からの発展先としての大当り遊技状態が生起されることへの期待度に幅を持たせ、遊技の興趣を高め得る。ここで、特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率の変化は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aの位置変化に応じて少なくとも1つの非特定凹部h1~h6が入球許容状態および入球阻害状態の一方から他方に切り替わることにより生じる。従って、特定凹部v1,v2については、各小当り開放期間中に入球許容状態に維持することが可能となり、振分部80でのパチンコ球の挙動に対する遊技者の関心を高め得る。 That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the main control CPU (game control means) 60a capable of causing a plurality of types of small hit gaming states (first gaming states) has an upper special winning opening (upper special winning opening) of the distribution unit 80. Special winning opening) A type of small hit gaming state in which a constant ascending / descending motion (constant motion) at the timing shown in FIG. While starting at the same timing regardless of (1st to 3rd small hits), the upper special winning opening 51 is opened during the small hit opening period that differs depending on the type of small hit gaming state, and pachinko balls are allowed to win. At the same time, at least one non-specific recess (non-specific ball entry region) h1 to h6 is formed from one of the ball entry allowance form and the ball entry inhibition form in response to the position change due to the constant ascending / descending motion of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a. By switching to the other, the probability of entering the specific recess (specific entry area) v1 and v2 of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 is changed. In this way, while the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a are started to move up and down at a common timing in a plurality of types of small hit gaming states, the opening period of the upper special winning opening 51 is changed according to the type of the small hit gaming state. By making the (small hit opening period) different, the probability of the pachinko ball entering the specific recesses v1 and v2 can be made different according to the type of the small hit gaming state, whereby the small hit gaming state can be changed. It is possible to increase the interest of the game by widening the degree of expectation that a big hit game state as a development destination will occur. Here, the change in the ball entry probability into the specific recesses v1 and v2 is such that at least one non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are in one of the ball entry permit state and the ball entry inhibition state according to the position change of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a. It is caused by switching from to the other. Therefore, the specific recesses v1 and v2 can be maintained in the ball entry allowable state during each small hit opening period, and the player's interest in the behavior of the pachinko ball in the distribution unit 80 can be increased.

また、実施例1のパチンコ機10は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aにおける一定の昇降動作による位置変化に応じて、小当り遊技状態の開始後5000ms経過時点(第1時点)から6500ms経過時点(第2時点)までの間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球(すなわち、正常到達タイミングx2としての8500ms~10000ms経過時点に振分部80に到達するパチンコ球)の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率(100パーセント)が、小当り遊技状態の開始後6500ms経過時点(第2時点)以降に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率(25~40パーセント)よりも高確率となり、主制御CPU60aが生起可能な第1~第3小当りのうち第1小当りが、その開始後5000ms経過時点(第1時点)から6500ms経過時点(第2時点)までの間を小当り開放期間として含むように設定されている。すなわち、第1小当りでは、上特別入賞口51へのパチンコ球の入賞が早い時点で許容されると共に、入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2に入球し易くなるので、遊技者はテンポ良く遊技を進めて大当り遊技状態の付与を受けることができ、気持ち良く遊技を行うことができる。 Further, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment responds to a change in position due to a constant ascending / descending motion in the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a, from a time point of 5000 ms (first time point) to a time point of 6500 ms (first time point) after the start of the small hit game state. To the specific recesses v1 and v2 of the pachinko balls that have won the upper special winning opening 51 (that is, the pachinko balls that reach the distribution unit 80 at the time when 8500 ms to 10000 ms have elapsed as the normal arrival timing x2) until the second time point). The probability of entering the ball (100%) is the probability of entering the specific recesses v1 and v2 of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 after 6500 ms (second time point) after the start of the small hit game state (25 to). The probability is higher than 40%), and the first small hit among the first to third small hits that can occur by the main control CPU 60a is from the time when 5000 ms has elapsed (first time) to the time when 6500 ms has elapsed (second time). ) Is set to be included as a small hit opening period. That is, in the first small hit, the pachinko ball is allowed to win the upper special winning opening 51 at an early stage, and the winning ball can easily enter the specific recesses v1 and v2, so that the player can play at a good tempo. You can receive a jackpot game status by advancing the game, and you can play the game comfortably.

次に、実施例2について、図12~図15を参照して説明する。なお、以下の説明において、実施例1で説明したパチンコ機10と同一の構成に関しては、同一の符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。 Next, the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 15. In the following description, the same configurations as those of the pachinko machine 10 described in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

実施例2のパチンコ機10は、小当り遊技状態として第1~第3小当りを生起可能であり、これら第1~第3小当り中のオープニング演出期間、小当り開放期間およびエンディング演出期間に割り当てられた時間は、前述した実施例1と同じである。また、中央入賞装置50に上特別入賞口51、誘導通路部79および振分部80を備える点も、前述した実施例1と同じである。しかし、図12(a)および図12(b)に示すように、振分部80が2つ(複数)あり、各振分部80に向けて誘導通路部79の第3通路部79cが分岐している点が、前述した実施例1と異なっている。また、昇降筒部材91,92を1つの振分部80につき1つのみ(1つの振分部80につきシャッタ91a,92aを3つのみ)備えている点が、実施例1と異なっている。そして、実施例2では、第2小当り中の小当り開放期間の開始から終了までの間に生じる上特別入賞口51への入賞について、その入賞タイミングの違いによってその入賞球の特定凹部v1,v2への入球確率・期待値が変化し得る構成となっている。以下、図12において左側に位置する振分部80を「第1振分部80A」、右側に位置する振分部80を「第2振分部80B」とし、図12~図15を参照しながら説明を行う。 The pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment can generate the first to third small hits as the small hit gaming state, and during the opening effect period, the small hit opening period, and the ending effect period during the first to third small hits. The allotted time is the same as in Example 1 described above. Further, the central winning device 50 is provided with the upper special winning opening 51, the guiding passage portion 79, and the distribution portion 80, which is the same as that of the first embodiment described above. However, as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B, there are two (s) distribution units 80, and the third passage portion 79c of the guidance passage portion 79 branches toward each distribution unit 80. The point is different from the above-mentioned Example 1. Further, it is different from the first embodiment in that only one elevating cylinder member 91, 92 is provided for one distribution unit 80 (only three shutters 91a, 92a are provided for one distribution unit 80). Then, in the second embodiment, with respect to the winning of the upper special winning opening 51 that occurs between the start and the end of the small hit opening period during the second small hit, the specific concave portion v1 of the winning ball is different depending on the winning timing. The structure is such that the probability of entering v2 and the expected value can change. Hereinafter, in FIG. 12, the distribution unit 80 located on the left side is referred to as “first distribution unit 80A”, and the distribution unit 80 located on the right side is referred to as “second distribution unit 80B”, with reference to FIGS. 12 to 15. I will explain while doing.

実施例2の第1振分部80Aは、3つの非特定1シャッタ91aを有する第1昇降筒部材91と、これを昇降させる非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101とを備え、回転体81の外周部に8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6が設けられて、このうち3つの非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を、第1昇降筒部材91に設けられる3つの非特定1シャッタ91aで開閉し得るように構成されている。なお、第1振分部80Aの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6は、回転体81の外周部に、図12(a)に示す平面視で左回りの順に、第1特定凹部v1、第1~第3非特定凹部h1~h3、第2特定凹部v2、第4~第6非特定凹部h4~h6の順で並んでおり、非特定1シャッタ91aによる開閉に伴って第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させることが可能である。なお、他の凹部v1,v2,h2,h4,h6については対応のシャッタが存在せず、常に入球許容状態とされている。そして、主制御CPU60aの制御に基づく回転駆動用モータ100の軸の右回転により、電源投入直後から電源断まで回転体81が右回転動作を継続するように構成されている。 The first distribution unit 80A of the second embodiment includes a first elevating cylinder member 91 having three non-specific 1 shutters 91a, and a solenoid 101 for opening and closing the non-specific 1 shutter that raises and lowers the first elevating cylinder member 91, and is an outer circumference of the rotating body 81. Eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 are provided in the portion, and three non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 are opened and closed by three non-specific 1 shutters 91a provided in the first elevating cylinder member 91. It is configured to get. The recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 of the first distribution portion 80A are located on the outer peripheral portion of the rotating body 81 in the order of counterclockwise in the plan view shown in FIG. The third non-specific recesses h1 to h3, the second specific recesses v2, and the fourth to sixth non-specific recesses h4 to h6 are arranged in this order. It is possible to change the fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 to a ball entry allowable state / ball entry inhibition state. It should be noted that there is no corresponding shutter for the other recesses v1, v2, h2, h4, and h6, and the ball entry is always allowed. Then, the rotating body 81 is configured to continue the clockwise rotation operation from immediately after the power is turned on until the power is turned off by the right rotation of the shaft of the rotation driving motor 100 based on the control of the main control CPU 60a.

また、実施例2の第2振分部80Bは、3つの非特定2シャッタ92aを有する第2昇降筒部材92と、これを昇降させる非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102とを備え、回転体81の外周部に8つの凹部v3,v4,h7~h12が設けられて、このうち3つの非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を、第2昇降筒部材92に設けられる3つの非特定2シャッタ92aで開閉し得るように構成されている。なお、第2振分部80Bの凹部v3,v4,h7~h12は、回転体81の外周部に、図12(a)に示す平面視で右回りの順に、第3特定凹部v3、第7~第9非特定凹部h7~h9、第4特定凹部v4、第10~第12非特定凹部h10~h12の順で並んでおり、非特定2シャッタ92aによる開閉に伴って第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させることが可能である。なお、他の凹部v3,v4,h7,h9,h11については対応のシャッタが存在せず、常に入球許容状態とされている。そして、主制御CPU60aの制御に基づく回転駆動用モータ100の軸の左回転により、電源投入直後から電源断まで回転体81が左回転動作を継続するように構成されている。 Further, the second distribution unit 80B of the second embodiment includes a second elevating cylinder member 92 having three non-specific 2 shutters 92a, and a non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 for raising and lowering the second elevating cylinder member 92, and the rotating body 81. Eight recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 are provided on the outer peripheral portion of the above, and three non-specific recesses h8, h10, h12 are provided by three non-specific 2 shutters 92a provided on the second solenoid member 92. It is configured to open and close. The recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 of the second distribution portion 80B are located on the outer peripheral portion of the rotating body 81 in the order of clockwise in the plan view shown in FIG. The ninth non-specific recesses h7 to h9, the fourth specific recesses v4, and the tenth to twelfth non-specific recesses h10 to h12 are arranged in this order. It is possible to change the twelfth non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 into a ball entry allowance state and a ball entry inhibition state. It should be noted that there is no corresponding shutter for the other recesses v3, v4, h7, h9, and h11, and the ball entry is always allowed. Then, the rotating body 81 is configured to continue the counterclockwise rotation operation from immediately after the power is turned on until the power is turned off by the counterclockwise rotation of the shaft of the rotation driving motor 100 based on the control of the main control CPU 60a.

ここで、誘導通路部79の第3通路部79cは、第2振分部80Bのステージ82に接続されており、その途中箇所から分岐通路部79dが分岐して第1振分部80Aのステージ82に接続している。そして、第3通路部79cにおける分岐通路部79dの分岐箇所に対応して、当該分岐箇所を開閉可能な切替弁107が設けられている。切替弁107は、図示しない切替ソレノイドの駆動により、その開放端側が第3通路部79c内に位置する閉鎖姿勢と、その開放端側が第3通路部79cの外側に退避した開放姿勢とに変化するものであり、切替ソレノイドは主制御CPU60aと電気的に接続されている。切替弁107は、切替ソレノイドが消磁状態の時に閉鎖姿勢となり、切替ソレノイドが励磁状態とされた場合に開放姿勢となるように構成されている。すなわち、実施例2の中央入賞装置50が有する入賞球処理手段は、主制御CPU60aが切替ソレノイドを消磁状態とする場合に切替弁107が閉鎖姿勢となって上特別入賞口51への入賞球を第1振分部80Aに誘導し、主制御CPU60aが切替ソレノイドを励磁状態とする場合に切替弁107が開放姿勢となって上特別入賞口51への入賞球を第2振分部80Bに誘導する。 Here, the third passage portion 79c of the guidance passage portion 79 is connected to the stage 82 of the second distribution portion 80B, and the branch passage portion 79d branches from the middle portion thereof to the stage of the first distribution portion 80A. It is connected to 82. A switching valve 107 capable of opening and closing the branch portion is provided corresponding to the branch portion of the branch passage portion 79d in the third passage portion 79c. The switching valve 107 changes into a closed posture in which the open end side is located inside the third passage portion 79c and an open posture in which the open end side is retracted to the outside of the third passage portion 79c by driving a switching solenoid (not shown). The switching solenoid is electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a. The switching valve 107 is configured to be in the closed posture when the switching solenoid is in the degaussed state and in the open posture when the switching solenoid is in the excited state. That is, in the winning ball processing means included in the central winning device 50 of the second embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a puts the switching solenoid in the degaussed state, the switching valve 107 is in the closed posture and the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 is placed. When the main control CPU 60a guides the switching solenoid to the first distribution unit 80A and the switching solenoid is excited, the switching valve 107 is in the open posture and the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 is guided to the second distribution unit 80B. do.

第1振分部80Aの第1昇降筒部材91に設けられる3つの非特定1シャッタ91aは、主制御CPU60aが非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図15に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から17000ms経過時点(t3)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t10)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球阻害状態とする。 In the three non-specific 1 shutters 91a provided on the first elevating cylinder member 91 of the first distribution unit 80A, the main control CPU 60a sets the solenoid 101 for opening and closing the non-specific 1 shutter to the elapsed time from the start of the small hit gaming state. By controlling the drive based on (based on the measurement of the first time and the second time described above), the operation is performed at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 15, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time when 17,000 ms has elapsed (t3) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first, third, and fifth nons are performed. The specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are set to allow ball entry. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time when 37,000 ms has elapsed (t10) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state.

第2振分部80Bの第2昇降筒部材92に設けられる3つの非特定2シャッタ92aは、主制御CPU60aが非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図15に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から27000ms経過時点(t7)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t10)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球阻害状態とする。 In the three non-specified 2 shutters 92a provided on the second elevating cylinder member 92 of the second distribution unit 80B, the main control CPU 60a sets the solenoid 102 for opening / closing the non-specified 2 shutters to the elapsed time from the start of the small hit gaming state. By controlling the drive based on (based on the measurement of the first time and the second time described above), the operation is performed at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 15, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time when 27,000 ms has elapsed (t7) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the 8th, 10th, and 12th non- The specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are set to allow ball entry. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time when 37,000 ms has elapsed (t10) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the 8th, 10th, and 12th non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state.

誘導通路部79の第3通路部79cに設けられる切替弁107は、主制御CPU60aが前記切替ソレノイドを小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。切替弁107は、図15に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から17000ms経過時点(t3)まで、誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第1振分部80Aに誘導する閉鎖姿勢となっている。そして、当該時点(t3)において閉鎖姿勢から開放姿勢に変化する動作を行い、これにより誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第2振分部80Bに誘導する状態に変化する。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から19500ms経過時点(t4)で開放姿勢から閉鎖姿勢に変化する動作を行い、これにより誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第1振分部80Aに誘導する状態に変化する。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から20000ms経過時点(t5)において閉鎖姿勢から開放姿勢に変化する動作を行い、これにより誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第2振分部80Bに誘導する状態に変化する。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から29500ms経過時点(t8)で開放姿勢から閉鎖姿勢に変化する動作を行い、これにより誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第1振分部80Aに誘導する状態に変化する。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から30000ms経過時点(t9)において閉鎖姿勢から開放姿勢に変化する動作を行い、これにより誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第2振分部80Bに誘導する状態に変化する。そして、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t10)で開放姿勢から閉鎖姿勢に変化する動作を行い、これにより誘導通路部79の上流側から流下してくるパチンコ球を第1振分部80Aに誘導する状態に変化する。 In the switching valve 107 provided in the third passage portion 79c of the induction passage portion 79, the main control CPU 60a sets the switching solenoid on the switching solenoid based on the elapsed time from the start time of the small hit gaming state (the first time and the second time described above). By controlling the drive (based on the measurement of), it operates at a predetermined timing. As shown in FIG. 15, the switching valve 107 causes the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the induction passage portion 79 to the first distribution portion 80A from the start time of the small hit game state to the time when 17,000 ms has elapsed (t3). It is in a closed posture to guide. Then, at the time point (t3), the operation of changing from the closed posture to the open posture is performed, whereby the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the guidance passage portion 79 is guided to the second distribution portion 80B. .. Next, the operation of changing from the open posture to the closed posture is performed at the time when 19500 ms has elapsed from the start of the small hit game state (t4), whereby the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the guidance passage portion 79 is shaken for the first time. It changes to the state of inducing to the branch 80A. Next, at the time when 20000 ms has elapsed (t5) from the start of the small hit game state, the operation of changing from the closed posture to the open posture is performed, and the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the guidance passage portion 79 is shaken for the second time. It changes to the state of inducing to the branch 80B. Next, at the time when 29500 ms have elapsed (t8) from the start of the small hit game state, the operation of changing from the open posture to the closed posture is performed, whereby the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the guidance passage portion 79 is shaken for the first time. It changes to the state of inducing to the branch 80A. Next, at the time when 30,000 ms have elapsed (t9) from the start of the small hit game state, the operation of changing from the closed posture to the open posture is performed, and the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the guidance passage portion 79 is shaken for the second time. It changes to the state of inducing to the branch 80B. Then, at 37,000 ms (t10) from the start of the small hit game state, the pachinko ball changes from the open posture to the closed posture, whereby the pachinko ball flowing down from the upstream side of the guidance passage portion 79 is first distributed. It changes to a state of inducing to the portion 80A.

すなわち、本実施例では、第1~第3小当りで共通とされる非特定シャッタ91a,92aの動作タイミング(非特定シャッタ91a,92aの少なくとも1つが動作する時点)として、図15に示す「t3」、「t7」、「t10」がある。そして、小当り遊技状態の開始~「t3」の期間には、閉鎖姿勢の切替弁107による入賞球の誘導先である第1振分部80Aにおいて非特定1シャッタ91aが閉鎖位置に位置する状態(以下「第1振分側有利状態」という)となる。また、「t3」~「t7」の期間のうち、「t3」~「t4」および「t5」~「t7」の期間には、開放姿勢の切替弁107による入賞球の誘導先である第2振分部80Bにおいて非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置に位置する状態(以下「第2振分側有利状態」という)となる。また、「t3」~「t7」の期間のうち「t4」~「t5」の期間と、「t7」~「t10」の期間のうち「t8」~「t9」の期間には、閉鎖姿勢の切替弁107による入賞球の誘導先である第1振分部80Aにおいて非特定1シャッタ91aが開放位置に位置する状態(以下「第1振分側不利状態」という)となる。また、「t7」~「t10」の期間のうち、「t7」~「t8」の期間および「t9」~「t10」の期間には、開放姿勢の切替弁107による入賞球の誘導先である第2振分部80Bにおいて非特定2シャッタ92aが開放位置に位置する状態(以下「第2振分側不利状態」という)となる。 That is, in this embodiment, the operation timing of the non-specific shutters 91a, 92a (when at least one of the non-specific shutters 91a, 92a operates), which is common to the first to third small hits, is shown in FIG. There are "t3", "t7", and "t10". Then, during the period from the start of the small hit game state to "t3", the non-specific 1 shutter 91a is located at the closed position in the first distribution unit 80A to which the winning ball is guided by the switching valve 107 in the closed posture. (Hereinafter referred to as "first distribution side advantageous state"). Further, in the period of "t3" to "t7", during the period of "t3" to "t4" and "t5" to "t7", the second winning ball is guided by the switching valve 107 in the open posture. In the distribution unit 80B, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located at the closed position (hereinafter referred to as “second distribution side advantageous state”). In addition, during the period of "t4" to "t5" in the period of "t3" to "t7" and the period of "t8" to "t9" in the period of "t7" to "t10", the posture is closed. The non-specified 1 shutter 91a is located at the open position in the first distribution unit 80A to which the winning ball is guided by the switching valve 107 (hereinafter referred to as “first distribution side disadvantageous state”). Further, among the periods of "t7" to "t10", during the period of "t7" to "t8" and the period of "t9" to "t10", the winning ball is guided by the switching valve 107 in the open posture. In the second distribution unit 80B, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located at the open position (hereinafter referred to as “second distribution side disadvantageous state”).

そして、主制御CPU60aは、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に小当り開放期間の開始タイミング(上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3の駆動によって上特別入賞口51を開放するタイミング)を異ならせることで、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に上特別入賞口51への入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する確率・期待値(図14参照)を異ならせている。 Then, the main control CPU 60a makes the start timing of the small hit opening period (the timing of opening the upper special winning opening 51 by driving the upper special winning solenoid SL3) different for each type of the small hit gaming state, so that the small hit game can be played. The probability / expected value (see FIG. 14) that the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 is different for each type of state.

図14に示すように、第1小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第1小当りの開始後5000ms経過時点(t1)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、6500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における切替弁107の位置への到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第1小当りの開始後8500ms経過時点~10000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した第1振分側有利状態となる期間(第1小当り開始~t3)に、閉鎖姿勢の切替弁107による入賞球の誘導先である第1振分部80Aに到達する。この期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5が入球阻害状態とされる一方、第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態とされる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h2,h4,h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図14に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、5分の2であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球は40パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図14に示す「期待値」)。このように、第1小当り中における小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞した場合、その入賞球は、シャッタ91aによる第1振分側有利状態となる期間(第1小当り開始~t3)に第1振分部80Aに到達し、高い確率で特定凹部v1,v2に入球することとなる。 As shown in FIG. 14, the small hit opening period during the first small hit starts at the time when 5000 ms has elapsed (t1) after the start of the first small hit, and ends at the time when the specified number of prizes have not been won, at the time when 6500 ms has elapsed. do. During this period, the timing of reaching the position of the switching valve 107 (normal arrival timing x 2) in the pachinko ball that won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 8500 ms to 10000 ms after the start of the first small hit, and the prize is won. The ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A, which is the guidance destination of the winning ball by the switching valve 107 in the closed posture, during the period (first small hit start to t3) in which the first distribution side is in an advantageous state. During this period, in the first distribution unit 80A, the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are in a ball entry blocking state, while the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses. h2, h4, h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are set to allow ball entry, respectively. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the recesses v1, v2, h2, h4, h6 in the ball entry allowance state (“(first) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 14) is The winning ball, which is two-fifths and reaches the first distribution unit 80A, has a 40% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (the "expected value" shown in FIG. 14). "). In this way, when the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the first small hit, the winning ball is in the first distribution side advantageous state by the shutter 91a (first small). From the start of hitting to t3), the ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A and has a high probability of entering the specific recesses v1 and v2.

また、図14に示すように、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第2小当りの開始後15000ms経過時点(t2)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、16500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における切替弁107の位置への到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した第2振分側有利状態となる期間(t3~t4,t5~t7)に切替弁107の位置まで到達した場合には、切替弁107が開放姿勢であることによって第2振分部80Bに導かれる。但し、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間に生じた入賞球は、前述した第1振分側不利状態となる期間(t4~t5)に切替弁107の位置まで到達する可能性があり、この場合には、切替弁107が閉鎖姿勢であることによって入賞球が第1振分部80Aに導かれる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 14, the small hit opening period during the second small hit starts from the time when 15,000 ms has elapsed (t2) after the start of the second small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 16500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the timing of reaching the position of the switching valve 107 (normal arrival timing x 2) in the pachinko ball that won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 18500 ms to 20000 ms after the start of the second small hit, and the prize is won. When the ball reaches the position of the switching valve 107 during the period (t3 to t4, t5 to t7) in which the second distribution side is in an advantageous state as described above, the second swing is caused by the switching valve 107 being in the open posture. Guided to the branch 80B. However, the winning ball generated during the small hit opening period during the second small hit may reach the position of the switching valve 107 during the above-mentioned period (t4 to t5) in which the first distribution side is in a disadvantageous state. In this case, the winning ball is guided to the first distribution unit 80A by the switching valve 107 in the closed posture.

第2振分側有利状態の期間(t3~t4,t5~t7)には、第2振分部80Bにおいて、第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12が入球阻害状態とされる一方、第7・第9・第11非特定凹部h7,h9,h11および第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4が夫々入球許容状態とされる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v3,v4,h7,h9,h11の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v3,v4の数(図14に示す「(第2)特定入球の割合」)は、5分の2であり、第2振分部80Bに到達した入賞球は40パーセントの確率で第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。一方、第1振分側不利状態となる期間(t4~t5)には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の全てが入球許容状態とされる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図14に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。このように、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞した場合、その入賞球は、第2振分部80Bに導かれた場合には、40パーセントという高い確率で特定凹部v1,v2に入球する一方、第1振分部80Aに導かれた場合には、25パーセントという低い確率でしか特定凹部v3,v4に入球しないこととなる。なお、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球が切替弁107に到達するタイミングを、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の範囲(正常到達タイミングx2)とする場合、切替弁107が開放姿勢となる時間は全体の3分の2であり、切替弁107が閉鎖姿勢となる時間は全体の3分の1であるので、第2小当りの小当り開放期間に生じた入賞球が特定凹部v1~v4に入球することへの期待値(入球確率)は、34.9パーセントとなる(図14に示す「期待値」)。 During the period of the second distribution side advantageous state (t3 to t4, t5 to t7), the eighth, tenth, and twelfth non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are in the ball entry inhibition state in the second distribution unit 80B. On the other hand, the 7th, 9th, and 11th non-specific recesses h7, h9, h11 and the 3rd and 4th specific recesses v3 and v4 are in a ball entry allowable state, respectively. That is, the number of the specific recesses v3, v4 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the recesses v3, v4, h7, h9, h11 in the ball entry allowance state (“(second) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 14) is The winning ball, which is two-fifths and reaches the second distribution unit 80B, has a 40% probability of entering either the third or fourth specific recess v3 or v4. On the other hand, during the period (t4 to t5) in which the first distribution side is in a disadvantageous state, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 in the first distribution unit 80A. All of the ball entry is allowed. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry allowance state (“(first) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 14) is 8. The winning ball that has reached the first distribution unit 80A with a probability of 25% will enter either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2. In this way, when the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the second small hit, the winning ball is said to be 40% when guided to the second distribution section 80B. While the ball enters the specific recesses v1 and v2 with a high probability, when the ball is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, the ball enters the specific recesses v3 and v4 only with a low probability of 25%. The timing at which the pachinko ball winning the upper special winning opening 51 reaches the switching valve 107 during the small hit opening period during the second small hit is in the range from 18500 ms to 20000 ms after the start of the second small hit ( In the case of normal arrival timing x2), the time for the switching valve 107 to be in the open position is two-thirds of the total, and the time for the switching valve 107 to be in the closed position is one-third of the total. The expected value (probability of winning) for a winning ball generated during the small hit opening period to enter the specific recesses v1 to v4 is 34.9% (“expected value” shown in FIG. 14). ..

また、図14に示すように、第3小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第3小当りの開始後25000ms経過時点(t6)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、26500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における切替弁107の位置への到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した第2振分側不利状態となる期間(t7~t8,t9~t10)に切替弁107の位置まで到達した場合には、切替弁107が開放姿勢であることによって第2振分部80Bに導かれ、前述した第1振分側不利状態となる期間(t8~t9)に切替弁107の位置まで到達した場合には、切替弁107が閉鎖姿勢であることによって入賞球が第1振分部80Aに導かれる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 14, the small hit opening period during the third small hit starts from the time when 25,000 ms has elapsed (t6) after the start of the third small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 26500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the timing of reaching the position of the switching valve 107 (normal arrival timing x 2) in the pachinko ball that won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 28500 ms to 30,000 ms after the start of the third small hit, and the prize is won. When the ball reaches the position of the switching valve 107 during the period (t7 to t8, t9 to t10) in which the second distribution side is in a disadvantageous state as described above, the second swing is caused by the switching valve 107 being in the open posture. When the position of the switching valve 107 is reached during the period (t8 to t9) in which the first distribution side is disadvantaged as described above by being guided by the branch portion 80B, the winning ball is released due to the closing posture of the switching valve 107. It is guided to the first distribution unit 80A.

第2振分側不利状態となる期間(t7~t8,t9~t10)には、第2振分部80Bにおいて、第7~第12非特定凹部h7~h12および第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の全てが入球許容状態とされる。入球許容状態の凹部v3,v4,h7~h12の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v3,v4の数(図14に示す「(第2)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第2振分部80Bに到達した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。また、第1振分側不利状態となる期間(t8~t9)も同様に、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の全てが入球許容状態とされる。入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図14に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。すなわち、第3小当りの小当り開放期間に生じた入賞球が特定凹部v1~v4に入球することへの期待値(入球確率)は、25パーセントとなる(図14に示す「期待値」)。 During the period (t7 to t8, t9 to t10) in which the second distribution side is in a disadvantageous state, the seventh to twelfth non-specific recesses h7 to h12 and the third and fourth specific recesses v3 in the second distribution unit 80B. All of, v4 are in the allowed ball entry state. The number of specific recesses v3, v4 in the ball entry allowance state with respect to the total number of recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 in the ball entry allowance state (“(second) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 14) is 8 minutes. The winning ball that has reached the second distribution unit 80B has a 25% probability of entering any of the third and fourth specific recesses v3 and v4. Similarly, during the period (t8 to t9) in which the first distribution side is in a disadvantageous state, in the first distribution unit 80A, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1, All of v2 are allowed to enter the ball. The number of specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the ball entry allowance state (“(first) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 14) is 8 minutes. The winning ball that has reached the first distribution unit 80A has a 25% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2. That is, the expected value (probability of winning) for the winning ball generated during the small hit opening period of the third small hit to enter the specific recesses v1 to v4 is 25% (the "expected value" shown in FIG. 14). ").

このように、主制御CPU60aは、第1~第3小当りにおいて共通する予め定められたタイミングに合わせて非特定シャッタ91a,92aの状態を第1振分側有利状態、第2振分側有利状態、第1振分側不利状態、第2振分側有利状態、第2振分側不利状態、第1振分側不利状態、第2振分側不利状態の順に切り替え、振分部80におけるパチンコ球の特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4への入球確率・期待値を変化させる。そして、小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて小当り開放期間のタイミングを異ならせることで、各小当り遊技状態での入賞球の特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4への入球確率・期待値を異ならせるように構成されている。 As described above, the main control CPU 60a sets the states of the non-specific shutters 91a and 92a to the first distribution side advantageous state and the second distribution side advantageous state according to the predetermined timing common to the first to third small hits. The state, the first distribution side disadvantageous state, the second distribution side advantageous state, the second distribution side disadvantageous state, the first distribution side disadvantageous state, and the second distribution side disadvantageous state are switched in this order, in the distribution unit 80. The probability / expected value of entering a pachinko ball into a specific recess v1, v2, v3, v4 is changed. Then, by making the timing of the small hit opening period different according to the type of the small hit game state, the probability / expected value of entering the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 of the winning ball in each small hit game state. Is configured to be different.

(実施例2の作用)
次に、前述した実施例2に係るパチンコ機10の作用につき説明する。
(Action of Example 2)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the above-mentioned Example 2 will be described.

実施例2のパチンコ機10では、第1小当りの場合、その開始後5000ms経過時点から6500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第1小当りの開始後8500ms経過時点~10000ms経過時点の間に切替弁107の位置に到達し(正常到達タイミングx2)、切替弁107の姿勢が閉鎖姿勢であることに応じて、第1振分部80Aに誘導される。この場合に、第1振分部80Aは、非特定1シャッタ91aによる第1振分側有利状態であり、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5が入球阻害状態、第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態となっている。すなわち、第1小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1振分部80Aに導かれ、40パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球すると、第1小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 In the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, in the case of the first small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 5000 ms has elapsed to 6500 ms after the start of the first small hit. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the position of the switching valve 107 between the time when 8500 ms and the time when 10000 ms have passed after the start of the first small hit (normal). At the arrival timing x2), the switching valve 107 is guided to the first distribution unit 80A according to the closed posture. In this case, the first distribution unit 80A is in the first distribution side advantageous state by the non-specific 1 shutter 91a, and the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 are in the ball entry obstruction state. The second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in the ball entry allowable state, respectively. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the first small hit is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, and has a 40% probability of the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. Enter one of the balls. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2, it develops from the first small hit to the 16R big hit (type 2 big hit).

ここで、第2小当りの場合、その開始後15000ms経過時点から16500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の間に切替弁107の位置に到達し(正常到達タイミングx2)、切替弁107の姿勢に応じて、第1振分部80Aおよび第2振分部80Bのうち何れかに誘導される。ここで、第2小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した入賞球の正常到達タイミングx2である第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の期間は、第1振分部80Aが非特定1シャッタ91aによる不利状態(第1振分側不利状態)となっており、第2振分部80Bが非特定2シャッタ92aによる有利状態(第2振分側有利状態)となっている。このため、遊技者は、第2小当りとなった場合、その小当り開放期間における中盤までの間にパチンコ球を上特別入賞口51に入賞させた方が、終盤に入賞させるよりも有利となる(入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球し易い)。第1小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第2振分部80Bに導かれると、40パーセントの確率で第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。一方、第1振分部80Aに導かれると、25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第1~第4特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4の何れかに入球すると、第2小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 Here, in the case of the second small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 15,000 ms has elapsed from the start to 16500 ms. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the position of the switching valve 107 between 18500 ms and 20000 ms after the start of the second small hit (normal). It is guided to either the first distribution unit 80A or the second distribution unit 80B according to the arrival timing x2) and the posture of the switching valve 107. Here, the first distribution unit 80A is not in the period from 18500 ms to 20000 ms after the start of the second small hit, which is the normal arrival timing x2 of the winning ball generated in the small hit opening period of the second small hit. The specific 1 shutter 91a is in a disadvantageous state (first distribution side disadvantageous state), and the second distribution unit 80B is in an advantageous state due to the non-specific 2 shutter 92a (second distribution side advantageous state). Therefore, in the case of the second small hit, it is more advantageous for the player to win the pachinko ball in the upper special winning opening 51 by the middle of the small hit opening period than in the final stage. (The winning ball is easy to enter the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4). When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the first small hit is guided to the second distribution unit 80B, there is a 40% probability that the third and fourth specific recesses v3 and v4 Enter one of them. On the other hand, when guided to the first distribution unit 80A, the ball enters either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 with a probability of 25%. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the first to fourth specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4, the second small hit develops into a 16R big hit (two kinds of big hits).

また、第3小当りの場合、その開始後25000ms経過時点から26500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点の間に切替弁107の位置に到達し(正常到達タイミングx2)、切替弁107の姿勢に応じて、第1振分部80Aおよび第2振分部80Bのうち何れかに誘導される。ここで、第3小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した入賞球の正常到達タイミングx2である第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点の期間は、第1振分部80Aが非特定1シャッタ91aによる不利状態(第1振分側不利状態)となっており、第2振分部80Bが非特定2シャッタ92aによる不利状態(第2振分側不利状態)となっている。このため、遊技者は、第3小当りとなった場合、その小当り開放期間に発生した入賞球が第1振分部80Aおよび第2振分部80Bのどちらに導かれても、第1~第4特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4の何れかに入球する確率は25パーセントの確率となる。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第1~第4特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4の何れかに入球すると、第3小当りから9R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 Further, in the case of the third small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 25,000 ms has elapsed from the start to 26500 ms. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the position of the switching valve 107 between 28500 ms and 30,000 ms after the start of the third small hit (normal). It is guided to either the first distribution unit 80A or the second distribution unit 80B according to the arrival timing x2) and the posture of the switching valve 107. Here, the first distribution unit 80A is not in the period from the time when 28500 ms has elapsed to the time when 30000 ms has elapsed after the start of the third small hit, which is the normal arrival timing x2 of the winning ball generated in the small hit opening period of the third small hit. The specific 1 shutter 91a is in a disadvantageous state (first distribution side disadvantageous state), and the second distribution unit 80B is in a disadvantageous state due to the non-specific 2 shutter 92a (second distribution side disadvantageous state). Therefore, in the case of the third small hit, the player can take the first prize ball generated during the small hit opening period regardless of whether the winning ball is guided to the first distribution unit 80A or the second distribution unit 80B. The probability of entering any of the fourth specific recesses v1, v2, v3, and v4 is 25%. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the first to fourth specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4, it develops from the third small hit to the 9R big hit (type 2 big hit).

すなわち、実施例2のパチンコ機10では、中央入賞装置50の上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球を複数の振分部80A,80Bの何れかに導いて振り分けることにより、上特別入賞口51への入賞球の振分態様が単純となるのを防止して、遊技の興趣を高めることができる。また、上特別入賞口51への入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する確率・期待値を、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に異ならせているだけでなく、第2小当りについて、その小当り開放期間における中盤までの間に生じた入賞球と、その終盤に生じた入賞球とで、特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する確率・期待値を異ならせている。このため、遊技者による遊技のしかたによって特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4への入球頻度に違いを設けることができ、遊技の興趣を高め得る。 That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 of the central winning device 50 is guided to any of the plurality of distribution units 80A and 80B and distributed, so that the upper special winning opening 51 is distributed. It is possible to prevent the distribution mode of the winning balls from becoming simple and enhance the interest of the game. In addition, the probability / expected value of the winning ball entering the upper special winning opening 51 entering the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 is not only different for each type of small hit game state, but also the second small. Regarding the hit, the probability / expected value of hitting the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 is different between the winning ball generated until the middle stage of the small hit opening period and the winning ball generated at the end stage. ing. Therefore, it is possible to make a difference in the frequency of entering the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 depending on how the player plays the game, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the game.

次に、実施例3について、図16~図19を参照して説明する。なお、以下の説明において、実施例1,2で説明したパチンコ機10と同一の構成に関しては、同一の符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。 Next, the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 19. In the following description, the same configurations as those of the pachinko machines 10 described in Examples 1 and 2 are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

実施例3のパチンコ機10は、中央入賞装置50に上特別入賞口51、誘導通路部79および振分部80を備えるものであり、この点は前述した実施例1,2と同じである。また、実施例2と同様に、2つの振分部80(第1振分部80Aおよび第2振分部80B)を備えている。しかし、図16(a)および図16(b)に示すように、第1振分部80Aの内部に連通する連絡通路部89の下流側に第2振分部80Bが位置する点が、前述した実施例2と異なっている。シャッタ91a,92a,93a(第1~第3昇降筒部材91,92,93)については、非特定1シャッタ91aおよび特定シャッタ93a(第1・第3昇降筒部材91,93)を第1振分部80Aに備え、非特定2シャッタ92a(第2昇降筒部材92)を第2振分部80Bに備えるようにしている点が、前述した実施例1,2と異なっている。この他、実施例3のパチンコ機10は、小当り遊技状態として5種類(第1~第5小当り)を生起可能に構成されている。なお、第1~第5小当りのうち、第1~第3小当り中のオープニング演出期間、小当り開放期間およびエンディング演出期間に割り当てられた時間は、前述した実施例1,2と同じである。 The pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment includes the upper special winning opening 51, the guide passage portion 79, and the distribution portion 80 in the central winning device 50, and this point is the same as the above-described first and second embodiments. Further, as in the second embodiment, two distribution units 80 (first distribution unit 80A and second distribution unit 80B) are provided. However, as shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the point that the second distribution section 80B is located on the downstream side of the communication passage section 89 communicating with the inside of the first distribution section 80A is described above. It is different from the second embodiment. Regarding the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a (first to third elevating cylinder members 91,92,93), the non-specific 1 shutter 91a and the specific shutter 93a (first and third elevating cylinder members 91,93) are first shaken. The second shutter 92a (second elevating cylinder member 92) is provided in the second distribution unit 80B in preparation for the division unit 80A, which is different from the above-described first and second embodiments. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment is configured to be capable of generating five types (first to fifth small hits) as small hit gaming states. Of the 1st to 5th small hits, the time allocated to the opening effect period, the small hit opening period, and the ending effect period during the 1st to 3rd small hits is the same as in Examples 1 and 2 described above. be.

実施例3の第1振分部80Aは、3つの非特定1シャッタ91aを有する第1昇降筒部材91と、これを昇降させる非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101と、2つの特定シャッタ93aを有する第3昇降筒部材93と、これを昇降させる特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103とを備え、回転体81の外周部に8つの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6が設けられて、このうち3つの非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を、第1昇降筒部材91に設けられる3つの非特定1シャッタ91aで開閉し得ると共に、2つの特定凹部v1,v2を、第3昇降筒部材93に設けられる2つの特定シャッタ93aで開閉し得るように構成されている。なお、第1振分部80Aの凹部v1,v2,h1~h6は、回転体81の外周部に、図16(a)に示す平面視で右回りの順に、第1特定凹部v1、第1~第3非特定凹部h1~h3、第2特定凹部v2、第4~第6非特定凹部h4~h6の順で並んでおり、非特定1シャッタ91aによる開閉に伴って第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させることが可能であると共に、特定シャッタ93aによる開閉に伴って第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させることが可能である。なお、他の凹部h2,h4,h6については対応のシャッタが存在せず、常に入球許容状態とされている。そして、主制御CPU60aの制御に基づく回転駆動用モータ100の軸の左回転により、電源投入直後から電源断まで回転体81が左回転動作を継続するように構成されている。 The first distribution unit 80A of the third embodiment has a first elevating cylinder member 91 having three non-specific 1 shutters 91a, a solenoid 101 for opening and closing the non-specific 1 shutter that raises and lowers the first elevating cylinder member 91, and two specific shutters 93a. A third elevating cylinder member 93 and a solenoid 103 for opening and closing a specific shutter for raising and lowering the solenoid 103 are provided, and eight recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 are provided on the outer peripheral portion of the rotating body 81, and three of them are not specified. The recesses h1, h3, h5 can be opened and closed by the three non-specific 1 shutters 91a provided in the first elevating cylinder member 91, and the two specific recesses v1, v2 are provided in the third elevating cylinder member 93. It is configured so that it can be opened and closed by the specific shutter 93a. The recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 of the first distribution portion 80A are located on the outer peripheral portion of the rotating body 81 in the order of clockwise in the plan view shown in FIG. The third non-specific recesses h1 to h3, the second specific recesses v2, and the fourth to sixth non-specific recesses h4 to h6 are arranged in this order. It is possible to change the fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 to a ball entry allowable state / ball entry inhibition state, and the first and second specific recesses v1, v2 are inserted as the specific shutter 93a opens and closes. It is possible to change to a ball permissible state / ball entry inhibition state. It should be noted that there is no corresponding shutter for the other recesses h2, h4, and h6, and the ball entry is always allowed. Then, the rotating body 81 is configured to continue the counterclockwise rotation operation from immediately after the power is turned on until the power is turned off by the counterclockwise rotation of the shaft of the rotation driving motor 100 based on the control of the main control CPU 60a.

また、実施例3の第2振分部80Bは、3つの非特定2シャッタ92aを有する第2昇降筒部材92と、これを昇降させる非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102とを備え、回転体81の外周部に8つの凹部v3,v4,h7~h12が設けられて、このうち3つの非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を、第2昇降筒部材92に設けられる3つの非特定2シャッタ92aで開閉し得るように構成されている。なお、第2振分部80Bの凹部v3,v4,h7~h12は、回転体81の外周部に、図16(a)に示す平面視で右回りの順に、第3特定凹部v3、第7~第9非特定凹部h7~h9、第4特定凹部v4、第10~第12非特定凹部h10~h12の順で並んでおり、非特定2シャッタ92aによる開閉に伴って第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させることが可能である。なお、他の凹部v3,v4,h7,h9,h11については対応のシャッタが存在せず、常に入球許容状態とされている。そして、主制御CPU60aの制御に基づく回転駆動用モータ100の軸の左回転により、電源投入直後から電源断まで回転体81が左回転動作を継続するように構成されている。 Further, the second distribution unit 80B of the third embodiment includes a second elevating cylinder member 92 having three non-specific 2 shutters 92a, and a non-specific 2 shutter opening / closing solenoid 102 for raising and lowering the second elevating cylinder member 92, and the rotating body 81. Eight recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 are provided on the outer peripheral portion of the above, and three non-specific recesses h8, h10, h12 are provided by three non-specific 2 shutters 92a provided on the second solenoid member 92. It is configured to open and close. The recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 of the second distribution portion 80B are located on the outer peripheral portion of the rotating body 81 in the order of clockwise in the plan view shown in FIG. The ninth non-specific recesses h7 to h9, the fourth specific recesses v4, and the tenth to twelfth non-specific recesses h10 to h12 are arranged in this order. It is possible to change the twelfth non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 into a ball entry allowance state and a ball entry inhibition state. It should be noted that there is no corresponding shutter for the other recesses v3, v4, h7, h9, and h11, and the ball entry is always allowed. Then, the rotating body 81 is configured to continue the counterclockwise rotation operation from immediately after the power is turned on until the power is turned off by the counterclockwise rotation of the shaft of the rotation driving motor 100 based on the control of the main control CPU 60a.

ここで、第1振分部80Aの回転体81に設けられている第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5は、ハウジング80a内部の排出樋(図示せず)に連通しておらず、連絡通路部89に連通している。連絡通路部89は、図示しない上端側が、ハウジング80a内部で第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5に接続しており、下端側が、第2振分部80Bのステージ82に接続している。すなわち、上特別入賞口51に入賞して第1振分部80Aに到達したパチンコ球が回転体81の第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5のうち何れかに入球した場合には、当該パチンコ球は連絡通路部89によって第2振分部80Bに誘導される(遊技領域21外に直ちに排出されない)。そして、第2振分部80Bの回転体81に設けられる凹部v3,v4,h7~h12の何れかに入球し、その結果、遊技領域21外に排出される。 Here, the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 provided in the rotating body 81 of the first distribution portion 80A communicate with the discharge gutter (not shown) inside the housing 80a. It does not communicate with the communication passage section 89. The upper end side of the connecting passage portion 89, which is not shown, is connected to the first, third, and fifth non-specified recesses h1, h3, and h5 inside the housing 80a, and the lower end side is connected to the stage 82 of the second distribution portion 80B. You are connected. That is, the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 and reached the first distribution portion 80A enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 of the rotating body 81. If so, the pachinko ball is guided to the second distribution section 80B by the connecting passage section 89 (it is not immediately discharged outside the game area 21). Then, the ball enters any of the recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 provided in the rotating body 81 of the second distribution portion 80B, and as a result, is discharged to the outside of the game area 21.

第1振分部80Aの第3昇降筒部材93に設けられる2つの特定シャッタ93aは、主制御CPU60aが特定シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド103を小当り遊技状態(第1~第5小当り)の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図19に示すように、第1~第3小当りの開始時点から7000ms経過時点(t2)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t8)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2を入球阻害状態とする。 In the two specific shutters 93a provided on the third elevating cylinder member 93 of the first distribution unit 80A, when the main control CPU 60a starts the small hit gaming state (first to fifth small hits) of the solenoid 103 for opening and closing the specific shutter. By controlling the drive based on the elapsed time from the above (based on the measurement of the first time and the second time described above), the operation is performed at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time (t2) after 7000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the first to third small hits, whereby the first and second identifications are performed. The recesses v1 and v2 are set to allow ball entry. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time when 37,000 ms has elapsed (t8) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are put into the ball entry inhibition state.

第1振分部80Aの第1昇降筒部材91に設けられる3つの非特定1シャッタ91aは、主制御CPU60aが非特定1シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド101を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図19に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から17000ms経過時点(t4)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から57000ms経過時点(t11)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5を入球阻害状態とする。 In the three non-specific 1 shutters 91a provided on the first elevating cylinder member 91 of the first distribution unit 80A, the main control CPU 60a sets the solenoid 101 for opening and closing the non-specific 1 shutter to the elapsed time from the start of the small hit gaming state. By controlling the drive based on (based on the measurement of the first time and the second time described above), the operation is performed at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time when 17,000 ms has elapsed (t4) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first, third, and fifth nons are performed. The specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are set to allow ball entry. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time when 57,000 ms has elapsed (t11) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state.

第2振分部80Bの第2昇降筒部材92に設けられる3つの非特定2シャッタ92aは、主制御CPU60aが非特定2シャッタ開閉用ソレノイド102を小当り遊技状態の開始時点からの経過時間に基づいて(前述した第1時間・第2時間の計測に基づいて)駆動制御することで、予め定められたタイミングで動作する。具体的には、図19に示すように、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から27000ms経過時点(t6)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から37000ms経過時点(t8)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球阻害状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から47000ms経過時点(t10)で閉鎖位置から開放位置に上昇する動作を行い、これにより第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球許容状態とする。次に、小当り遊技状態の開始時点から57000ms経過時点(t11)で開放位置から閉鎖位置に下降する動作を行い、これにより第8・第10・第12非特定凹部h8,h10,h12を入球阻害状態とする。 In the three non-specified 2 shutters 92a provided on the second elevating cylinder member 92 of the second distribution unit 80B, the main control CPU 60a sets the solenoid 102 for opening / closing the non-specified 2 shutters to the elapsed time from the start of the small hit gaming state. By controlling the drive based on (based on the measurement of the first time and the second time described above), the operation is performed at a predetermined timing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time when 27,000 ms has elapsed (t6) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the 8th, 10th, and 12th non- The specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are set to allow ball entry. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time when 37,000 ms has elapsed (t8) from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the 8th, 10th, and 12th non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state. Next, the operation of ascending from the closed position to the open position is performed at the time point (t10) after 47,000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the 8th, 10th, and 12th non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are inserted. The ball is allowed. Next, the operation of descending from the open position to the closed position is performed at the time point (t11) after 57,000 ms has elapsed from the start time of the small hit game state, whereby the 8th, 10th, and 12th non-specific recesses h8, h10, and h12 are inserted. It is in a ball-inhibited state.

すなわち、実施例3では、第1~第5小当りで共通とされるシャッタ91a,92a,93aの動作タイミング(シャッタ91a,92a,93aの少なくとも1つが動作する時点)として、図19に示す「t2」、「t4」、「t6」、「t8」、「t10」、「t11」がある。そして、「t2」~「t4」の期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて特定シャッタ93aが開放位置に位置することで第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2への入球が許容される一方、非特定1シャッタ91aが閉鎖位置に位置することで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5への入球(第2振分部80Bへの移動)が阻害される状態(以下「前振分・有利状態」という)となる。また、「t4」~「t6」の期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて特定シャッタ93aおよび非特定1シャッタ91aが開放位置に位置することで、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2への入球が許容され、かつ第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5への入球(第2振分部80Bへの移動)も許容されると共に、第2振分部80Bにおいて非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置に位置する状態(以下「両振分・有利状態」という)となる。また、「t6」~「t8」の期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて特定シャッタ93aおよび非特定1シャッタ91aが開放位置に位置することで、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2への入球が許容され、かつ第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5への入球(第2振分部80Bへの移動)も許容されると共に、第2振分部80Bにおいて非特定2シャッタ92aが開放位置に位置する状態(以下「両振分・不利状態」という)となる。また、「t8」~「t10」の期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて特定シャッタ93aが閉鎖位置に位置することで第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2への入球が阻害される一方、非特定1シャッタ91aが開放位置に位置することで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5への入球(第2振分部80Bへの移動)は許容され、第2振分部80Bにおいて非特定2シャッタ92aが閉鎖位置に位置する状態(以下「後振分・有利状態」という)となる。また、「t10」~「t11」の期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて特定シャッタ93aが閉鎖位置に位置することで第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2への入球が阻害される一方、非特定1シャッタ91aが開放位置に位置することで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5への入球(第2振分部80Bへの移動)は許容され、第2振分部80Bにおいて非特定2シャッタ92aが開放位置に位置する状態(以下「後振分・不利状態」という)となる。 That is, in the third embodiment, the operation timing of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a (when at least one of the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a operates), which is common to the first to fifth small hits, is shown in FIG. There are "t2", "t4", "t6", "t8", "t10", and "t11". Then, during the period from "t2" to "t4", the specific shutter 93a is located at the open position in the first distribution unit 80A, so that the ball can enter the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2. On the other hand, since the non-specific 1 shutter 91a is located at the closed position, entry into the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 (movement to the second distribution portion 80B) is hindered. It becomes a state (hereinafter referred to as "foreshock / advantageous state"). Further, during the period from "t4" to "t6", the specific shutter 93a and the non-specific 1 shutter 91a are located at the open positions in the first distribution unit 80A, so that the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are reached. Is allowed to enter the ball, and the ball is allowed to enter the first, third, and fifth non-specified recesses h1, h3, h5 (movement to the second distribution section 80B), and the second distribution section is allowed. In 80B, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located in the closed position (hereinafter referred to as "both distribution / advantageous state"). Further, during the period from "t6" to "t8", the specific shutter 93a and the non-specific 1 shutter 91a are located at the open positions in the first distribution unit 80A, so that the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are reached. Is allowed to enter the ball, and the ball is allowed to enter the first, third, and fifth non-specified recesses h1, h3, h5 (movement to the second distribution section 80B), and the second distribution section is allowed. In 80B, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located in the open position (hereinafter referred to as "both distribution / disadvantageous state"). Further, during the period from "t8" to "t10", the specific shutter 93a is located at the closed position in the first distribution unit 80A, so that the ball can be prevented from entering the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2. On the other hand, since the non-specific 1 shutter 91a is located at the open position, entry into the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 (movement to the second distribution unit 80B) is permitted. In the second distribution unit 80B, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located at the closed position (hereinafter referred to as “post-distribution / advantageous state”). Further, during the period from "t10" to "t11", the specific shutter 93a is located at the closed position in the first distribution unit 80A, so that the ball can be prevented from entering the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2. On the other hand, since the non-specific 1 shutter 91a is located at the open position, entry into the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, h5 (movement to the second distribution unit 80B) is permitted. In the second distribution unit 80B, the non-specific 2 shutter 92a is located at the open position (hereinafter referred to as “post-distribution / disadvantageous state”).

そして、主制御CPU60aは、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に小当り開放期間の開始タイミング(上特別入賞ソレノイドSL3の駆動によって上特別入賞口51を開放するタイミング)を異ならせることで、小当り遊技状態の種類毎に上特別入賞口51への入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する確率・期待値(図18参照)を異ならせている。 Then, the main control CPU 60a makes the start timing of the small hit opening period (the timing of opening the upper special winning opening 51 by driving the upper special winning solenoid SL3) different for each type of the small hit gaming state, so that the small hit game can be played. The probability / expected value (see FIG. 18) that the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 is different for each type of state.

図19に示すように、第1小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第1小当りの開始後5000ms経過時点(t1)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、6500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における第1振分部80Aへの到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第1小当りの開始後8500ms経過時点~10000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した前振分・有利状態となる期間(t2~t4)に第1振分部80Aに到達する。この期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態とされる一方、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5が入球阻害状態とされることで第2振分部80Bへの入賞球の移動が不可能となる。すなわち、入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h2,h4,h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図18に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、5分の2であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球は40パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。このように、第1小当り中における小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞した場合、その入賞球は、シャッタ91a,93aによる前振分・有利状態となる期間(t2~t4)に第1振分部80Aに到達して高い確率で特定凹部v1,v2に入球することとなる。 As shown in FIG. 19, the small hit opening period during the first small hit starts at 5000 ms after the start of the first small hit (t1), and ends at 6500 ms if there is no winning of the specified number of winnings. do. During this period, the arrival timing (normal arrival timing x 2) of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 8500 ms to 10000 ms after the start of the first small hit. The winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A during the above-mentioned foreshock / advantageous state (t2 to t4). During this period, in the first distribution unit 80A, the second, fourth, and sixth non-specific recesses h2, h4, h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are respectively allowed to enter the ball. , The 1st, 3rd, and 5th non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are in a ball entry blocking state, so that the winning ball cannot move to the second distribution unit 80B. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the recesses v1, v2, h2, h4, h6 in the ball entry allowance state (“(first) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 18) is The winning ball, which is two-fifths and reaches the first distribution unit 80A, has a 40% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (the "expected value" shown in FIG. 18). "). In this way, when the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the first small hit, the winning ball is in the pre-distribution / advantageous state by the shutters 91a and 93a (t2 ~). At t4), the ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A and enters the specific recesses v1 and v2 with a high probability.

また、図19に示すように、第2小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第2小当りの開始後15000ms経過時点(t3)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、16500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における第1振分部80Aへの到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した両振分・有利状態となる期間(t4~t6)に第1振分部80Aに到達する。この期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態とされ、第2振分部80Bへの入賞球の移動が可能となる。すなわち、第1振分部80Aにおける入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図18に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。また、入賞球が第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球した場合、その入賞球は概ね、第2小当りの開始後20000ms経過時点~24500ms経過時点の範囲で、第2振分部80Bに到達し(第2の正常到達タイミングx3)、第2振分部80Bで再び振り分けられる。第2振分部80Bにおける入球許容状態の凹部v3,v4,h7,h9,h11の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v3,v4の数(図18に示す「(第2)特定入球の割合」)は、5分の2であり、第2振分部80Bに移動した入賞球は40パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球のうち8分の3が第2振分部80Bに移動して振り分けられるので、第2小当り中の小当り開放期間における上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aによる両振分・有利状態となる期間(t4~t6)に、40パーセント程度の確率で特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the small hit opening period during the second small hit starts from the time when 15,000 ms has elapsed (t3) after the start of the second small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 16500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the arrival timing (normal arrival timing x 2) of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 18500 ms to 20000 ms after the start of the second small hit. The winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A during the above-mentioned double distribution / advantageous state (t4 to t6). During this period, in the first distribution unit 80A, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are respectively allowed to enter the ball, and the second distribution unit 80B The winning ball can be moved to. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowance state with respect to the total number of the ball entry allowance states recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the first distribution unit 80A (“(first) specific ball entry” shown in FIG. The ratio of ") is two-eighths, and the winning ball that reaches the first distribution unit 80A has a 25% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (FIG. 18). "Expected value" shown in). In addition, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5, the winning ball is generally from 20000 ms to 24500 ms after the start of the second small hit. In the range of, the second distribution unit 80B is reached (second normal arrival timing x3), and the second distribution unit 80B distributes again. The number of specific recesses v3, v4 in the ball entry allowance state with respect to the total number of the ball entry allowance states recesses v3, v4, h7, h9, h11 in the second distribution unit 80B (“(2) specific ball entry” shown in FIG. (Percentage of) is two-fifths, and the winning ball moved to the second distribution unit 80B has a 40% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v3 or v4 (FIG. 18). "Expected value" shown in). Since three-eighths of the winning balls that have reached the first distribution unit 80A move to the second distribution unit 80B and are distributed, the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the second small hit is entered. The winning ball enters the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 with a probability of about 40% during the period (t4 to t6) in which both distribution and the advantageous state are obtained by the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a.

また、図19に示すように、第3小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第3小当りの開始後25000ms経過時点(t5)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、26500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における第1振分部80Aへの到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した両振分・不利状態となる期間(t6~t8)に第1振分部80Aに到達する。この期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態とされ、第2振分部80Bへの入賞球の移動が可能となる。すなわち、第1振分部80Aにおける入球許容状態の凹部v1,v2,h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図18に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。また、入賞球が第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球した場合、その入賞球は概ね、第3小当りの開始後30000ms経過時点~34500ms経過時点の範囲で、第2振分部80Bに到達し(第2の正常到達タイミングx3)、第2振分部80Bで再び振り分けられる。第2振分部80Bにおける入球許容状態の凹部v3,v4,h7~h12の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v3,v4の数(図18に示す「(第2)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第2振分部80Bに移動した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球のうち8分の3が第2振分部80Bに移動して振り分けられるので、第3小当り中の小当り開放期間における上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aによる両振分・不利状態となる期間(t6~t8)に34パーセント程度の確率で特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the small hit opening period during the third small hit starts from the time when 25,000 ms has elapsed (t5) after the start of the third small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 26500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the arrival timing (normal arrival timing x 2) of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 28500 ms to 30,000 ms after the start of the third small hit. The winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A during the above-mentioned double distribution / disadvantageous state (t6 to t8). During this period, in the first distribution unit 80A, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are respectively allowed to enter the ball, and the second distribution unit 80B The winning ball can be moved to. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1, v2 in the ball entry allowance state with respect to the total number of the ball entry allowance states recesses v1, v2, h1 to h6 in the first distribution unit 80A (“(first) specific ball entry” shown in FIG. The ratio of ") is two-eighths, and the winning ball that reaches the first distribution unit 80A has a 25% probability of entering either the first or second specific recess v1 or v2 (FIG. 18). "Expected value" shown in). Further, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5, the winning ball is generally from the time when the third small hit starts to the time when 30,000 ms to 34,500 ms have passed. In the range of, the second distribution unit 80B is reached (second normal arrival timing x3), and the second distribution unit 80B distributes again. The number of specific recesses v3, v4 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 in the ball entry allowance state in the second distribution unit 80B (“(2) ratio of specific ball entry” shown in FIG. ") Is two-eighths, and the winning ball moved to the second distribution unit 80B has a 25% probability of entering either the third or fourth specific recess v3 or v4 (shown in FIG. 18). "Expected value"). Since three-eighths of the winning balls that have reached the first distribution unit 80A move to the second distribution unit 80B and are distributed, the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the third small hit is entered. The winning ball enters the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 with a probability of about 34% during the period (t6 to t8) in which both distribution and the disadvantageous state are obtained by the shutters 91a, 92a, 93a.

また、図19に示すように、第4小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第4小当りの開始後35000ms経過時点(t7)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、36500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における第1振分部80Aへの到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第4小当りの開始後38500ms経過時点~40000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した後振分・有利状態となる期間(t8~t10)に第1振分部80Aに到達する。この期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6が夫々入球許容状態とされ、第2振分部80Bへの入賞球の移動が可能となるが、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が入球阻害状態となる。すなわち、第1振分部80Aにおける入球許容状態の凹部h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図18に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、6分の0であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2に入球することはない(図18に示す「期待値」)。一方、入賞球が第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球した場合、その入賞球は概ね、第4小当りの開始後40000ms経過時点~44500ms経過時点の範囲で、第2振分部80Bに到達し(第2の正常到達タイミングx3)、第2振分部80Bで再び振り分けられる。第2振分部80Bにおける入球許容状態の凹部v3,v4,h7,h9,h11の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v3,v4の数(図18に示す「(第2)特定入球の割合」)は、5分の2であり、第2振分部80Bに移動した入賞球は40パーセントの確率で第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球のうち6分の3が第2振分部80Bに移動して振り分けられるので、第4小当り中の小当り開放期間における上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aによる後振分・有利状態となる期間(t8~t10)に20パーセント程度の確率で特定凹部v3,v4に入球する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the small hit opening period in the fourth small hit starts from the time when 35,000 ms has elapsed (t7) after the start of the fourth small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 36500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the arrival timing (normal arrival timing x 2) of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 38500 ms to 40,000 ms after the start of the fourth small hit. The winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A during the above-mentioned post-distribution / advantageous state (t8 to t10). During this period, in the first distribution unit 80A, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are each allowed to enter the ball, and the winning ball can be moved to the second distribution unit 80B. , The first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in a ball entry inhibition state. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1 and v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the ball entry allowance states recesses h1 to h6 in the first distribution unit 80A (“(1) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 18). Is 0/6, and the winning ball that has reached the first distribution unit 80A does not enter the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 (“expected value” shown in FIG. 18). On the other hand, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5, the winning ball is generally 40,000 ms to 44,500 ms after the start of the fourth small hit. In the range of, the second distribution unit 80B is reached (second normal arrival timing x3), and the second distribution unit 80B distributes again. The number of specific recesses v3, v4 in the ball entry allowance state with respect to the total number of the ball entry allowance states recesses v3, v4, h7, h9, h11 in the second distribution unit 80B (“(2) specific ball entry” shown in FIG. (Percentage of) is two-fifths, and the winning ball moved to the second distribution unit 80B has a 40% probability of entering either the third or fourth specific recess v3 or v4 (FIG. 18). "Expected value" shown in). Since three-sixths of the winning balls that have reached the first distribution unit 80A move to the second distribution unit 80B and are distributed, the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the fourth small hit is entered. The winning ball enters the specific recesses v3, v4 with a probability of about 20% during the period (t8 to t10) in which the shutters 91a, 92a, and 93a are in the back-distribution / advantageous state.

また、図19に示すように、第5小当り中における小当り開放期間は、第5小当りの開始後45000ms経過時点(t9)から開始され、規定入賞個数の入賞がなければ、46500ms経過時点で終了する。この間に上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球における第1振分部80Aへの到達タイミング(正常到達タイミングx2)は概ね、第5小当りの開始後48500ms経過時点~50000ms経過時点の範囲となり、入賞球は、前述した後振分・不利状態となる期間(t10~t11)に第1振分部80Aに到達する。この期間には、第1振分部80Aにおいて、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6が夫々入球許容状態とされ、第2振分部80Bへの入賞球の移動が可能となるが、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が入球阻害状態となる。すなわち、第1振分部80Aにおける入球許容状態の凹部h1~h6の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v1,v2の数(図18に示す「(第1)特定入球の割合」)は、6分の0であり、第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2に入球することはない(図18に示す「期待値」)。一方、入賞球が第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球した場合、その入賞球は概ね、第5小当りの開始後50000ms経過時点~54500ms経過時点の範囲で、第2振分部80Bに到達し(第2の正常到達タイミングx3)、第2振分部80Bで再び振り分けられる。第2振分部80Bにおける入球許容状態の凹部v3,v4,h7~h12の総数に対する入球許容状態の特定凹部v3,v4の数(図18に示す「(第2)特定入球の割合」)は、8分の2であり、第2振分部80Bに移動した入賞球は25パーセントの確率で第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する(図18に示す「期待値」)。第1振分部80Aに到達した入賞球のうち6分の3が第2振分部80Bに移動して振り分けられるので、第5小当り中の小当り開放期間における上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、シャッタ91a,92a,93aによる後振分・有利状態となる期間(t10~t11)に12.5パーセント程度の確率で特定凹部v3,v4に入球する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the small hit opening period in the fifth small hit starts from the time when 45,000 ms has elapsed (t9) after the start of the fifth small hit, and if there is no winning of the specified number of prizes, the time when 46500 ms has elapsed. It ends with. During this period, the arrival timing (normal arrival timing x 2) of the pachinko ball that has won the upper special winning opening 51 is generally in the range of 48500 ms to 50,000 ms after the start of the fifth small hit. The winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A during the above-mentioned post-distribution / disadvantageous state (t10 to t11). During this period, in the first distribution unit 80A, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are each allowed to enter the ball, and the winning ball can be moved to the second distribution unit 80B. , The first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in a ball entry inhibition state. That is, the number of the specific recesses v1 and v2 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of the ball entry allowance states recesses h1 to h6 in the first distribution unit 80A (“(1) specific ball entry ratio” shown in FIG. 18). Is 0/6, and the winning ball that has reached the first distribution unit 80A does not enter the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 (“expected value” shown in FIG. 18). On the other hand, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5, the winning ball is generally from the time when the fifth small hit starts to the time when 50,000 ms to 54,500 ms have passed. In the range of, the second distribution unit 80B is reached (second normal arrival timing x3), and the second distribution unit 80B distributes again. The number of specific recesses v3, v4 in the ball entry allowable state with respect to the total number of recesses v3, v4, h7 to h12 in the ball entry allowance state in the second distribution unit 80B (“(2) ratio of specific ball entry” shown in FIG. ") Is two-eighths, and the winning ball moved to the second distribution unit 80B has a 25% probability of entering either the third or fourth specific recess v3 or v4 (shown in FIG. 18). "Expected value"). Since three-sixths of the winning balls that have reached the first distribution unit 80A move to the second distribution unit 80B and are distributed, the upper special winning opening 51 during the small hit opening period during the fifth small hit is entered. The winning ball enters the specific recesses v3 and v4 with a probability of about 12.5% during the period (t10 to t11) in which the shutters 91a, 92a and 93a are in the back-distribution / advantageous state.

このように、主制御CPU60aは、第1~第5小当りにおいて共通する予め定められたタイミングに合わせて非特定シャッタ91a,92aの状態を前振分・有利状態、両振分・有利状態、両振分・不利状態、後振分・有利状態、後振分・不利状態の順に切り替え、振分部80におけるパチンコ球の特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4への入球確率・期待値を変化させる。そして、小当り遊技状態の種類に応じて小当り開放期間のタイミングを異ならせることで、各小当り遊技状態での入賞球の特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4への入球確率・期待値を異ならせるように構成されている。 As described above, the main control CPU 60a sets the states of the non-specific shutters 91a and 92a in the foreshock / advantageous state and the double distribution / advantageous state in accordance with the predetermined timing common to the first to fifth small hits. Switch in the order of both distribution / disadvantageous state, foreshock distribution / advantageous state, and back distribution / disadvantageous state, and set the probability / expected value of the pachinko ball entering the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 in the distribution unit 80. Change. Then, by making the timing of the small hit opening period different according to the type of the small hit game state, the probability / expected value of entering the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 of the winning ball in each small hit game state. Is configured to be different.

(実施例3の作用)
次に、前述した実施例3に係るパチンコ機10の作用につき説明する。
(Action of Example 3)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the above-mentioned Example 3 will be described.

実施例3のパチンコ機10では、第1小当りの場合、その開始後5000ms経過時点から6500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第1小当りの開始後8500ms経過時点~10000ms経過時点の間に第1振分部80Aに到達する(正常到達タイミングx2)。この場合に第1振分部80Aは前振分・有利状態であり、第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5が入球阻害状態、第2・第4・第6非特定凹部h2,h4,h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態となっているため、第1振分部80Aから第2振分部80Bに入賞球が移動することはない。すなわち、第1小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1振分部80Aに導かれ、40パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球すると、第1小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 In the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, in the case of the first small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 5000 ms has elapsed to 6500 ms after the start of the first small hit. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A between the time when 8500 ms and the time when 10000 ms have passed after the start of the first small hit ( Normal arrival timing x 2). In this case, the first distribution unit 80A is in the foreshock / advantageous state, the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 are in the ball entry inhibition state, and the second, fourth, and sixth non. Since the specific recesses h2, h4, h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in the ball entry allowable state, the winning ball moves from the first distribution section 80A to the second distribution section 80B. There is no. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the first small hit is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, and has a 40% probability of the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. Enter one of the balls. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2, it develops from the first small hit to the 16R big hit (type 2 big hit).

また、第2小当りの場合、その開始後15000ms経過時点から16500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第2小当りの開始後18500ms経過時点~20000ms経過時点の間に第1振分部80Aに到達する(正常到達タイミングx2)。この場合に第1振分部80Aは両振分・有利状態であり、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態となっているため、第1振分部80Aから第2振分部80Bに入賞球が移動し得る。すなわち、第2小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1振分部80Aに導かれ、25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。また、入賞球が第1振分部80Aで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球すると、その入賞球は第2振分部80Bに移動し、40パーセントの確率で特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第1~第4特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4の何れかに入球すると、第2小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 Further, in the case of the second small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 15,000 ms has elapsed from the start to 16500 ms. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A between the time when 18500 ms and the time when 20000 ms have passed after the start of the second small hit ( Normal arrival timing x 2). In this case, the first distribution unit 80A is in both distribution / advantageous states, and the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in the ball entry allowable state, respectively. Therefore, the winning ball can move from the first distribution unit 80A to the second distribution unit 80B. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the second small hit is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, and has a 25% probability of the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. Enter one of the balls. Further, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 in the first distribution section 80A, the winning ball moves to the second distribution section 80B. There is a 40% chance that the ball will enter one of the specific recesses v3 and v4. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the first to fourth specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4, the second small hit develops into a 16R big hit (two kinds of big hits).

また、第3小当りの場合、その開始後25000ms経過時点から26500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第3小当りの開始後28500ms経過時点~30000ms経過時点の間に第1振分部80Aに到達する(正常到達タイミングx2)。この場合に第1振分部80Aは両振分・不利状態であり、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6および第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が夫々入球許容状態となっているため、第1振分部80Aから第2振分部80Bに入賞球が移動し得る。すなわち、第3小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1振分部80Aに導かれ、25パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。また、入賞球が第1振分部80Aで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球すると、その入賞球は第2振分部80Bに移動し、25パーセントの確率で特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第1~第4特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4の何れかに入球すると、第3小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 Further, in the case of the third small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 25,000 ms has elapsed from the start to 26500 ms. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the first distribution section 80A between the time when 28500 ms and the time when 30,000 ms have passed after the start of the third small hit ( Normal arrival timing x 2). In this case, the first distribution unit 80A is in both distribution / disadvantageous states, and the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in the ball entry allowable state, respectively. Therefore, the winning ball can move from the first distribution unit 80A to the second distribution unit 80B. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the third small hit is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, and has a 25% probability of the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. Enter one of the balls. Further, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 in the first distribution section 80A, the winning ball moves to the second distribution section 80B. There is a 25% chance that the ball will enter one of the specific recesses v3 and v4. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the first to fourth specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4, it develops from the third small hit to the 16R big hit (type 2 big hit).

また、第4小当りの場合、その開始後35000ms経過時点から36500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第4小当りの開始後38500ms経過時点~40000ms経過時点の間に第1振分部80Aに到達する(正常到達タイミングx2)。この場合に第1振分部80Aは後振分・有利状態であり、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6が入球許容状態、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が入球阻害状態となっているため、入賞球は第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2には入球し得ないものの、第1振分部80Aから第2振分部80Bに移動し得る。すなわち、第4小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1振分部80Aに導かれ、0パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。そして、入賞球が第1振分部80Aで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球すると、その入賞球は第2振分部80Bに移動し、40パーセントの確率で特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球すると、第4小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 Further, in the case of the fourth small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 35,000 ms has elapsed from the start to 36,500 ms. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the first distribution section 80A between 38500 ms and 40,000 ms after the start of the fourth small hit ( Normal arrival timing x 2). In this case, the first distribution unit 80A is in the post-distribution / advantageous state, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are in the ball entry allowable state, and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in the ball entry inhibition state. Since the winning ball is in the state, the winning ball cannot enter the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2, but can move from the first distribution section 80A to the second distribution section 80B. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the fourth small hit is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, and has a 0% probability of the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. Enter one of the balls. Then, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 in the first distribution section 80A, the winning ball moves to the second distribution section 80B. There is a 40% chance that the ball will enter one of the specific recesses v3 and v4. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the 3rd and 4th specified recesses v3 and v4, it develops from the 4th small hit to the 16R big hit (type 2 big hit).

また、第5小当りの場合、その開始後45000ms経過時点から46500msまでの間、小当り開放期間が生起される。この小当り開放期間にパチンコ球が上特別入賞口51に入賞すると、当該入賞球は、第5小当りの開始後48500ms経過時点~50000ms経過時点の間に第1振分部80Aに到達する(正常到達タイミングx2)。この場合に第1振分部80Aは後振分・不利状態であり、第1~第6非特定凹部h1~h6が入球許容状態、第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2が入球阻害状態となっているため、入賞球は第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2には入球し得ないものの、第1振分部80Aから第2振分部80Bに移動し得る。すなわち、第5小当りの小当り開放期間に発生した上特別入賞口51への入賞球は、第1振分部80Aに導かれ、0パーセントの確率で第1・第2特定凹部v1,v2の何れかに入球する。そして、入賞球が第1振分部80Aで第1・第3・第5非特定凹部h1,h3,h5の何れかに入球すると、その入賞球は第2振分部80Bに移動し、25パーセントの確率で特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球する。上特別入賞口51への入賞球が第3・第4特定凹部v3,v4の何れかに入球すると、第4小当りから16R大当り(2種大当り)に発展する。 Further, in the case of the fifth small hit, a small hit opening period occurs from the time when 45,000 ms has elapsed from the start to 46500 ms. When the pachinko ball wins the upper special winning opening 51 during this small hit opening period, the winning ball reaches the first distribution unit 80A between the time when 48500 ms and the time when 50,000 ms have passed after the start of the fifth small hit ( Normal arrival timing x 2). In this case, the first distribution unit 80A is in the post-distribution / disadvantageous state, the first to sixth non-specific recesses h1 to h6 are in the ball entry allowable state, and the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2 are in the ball entry inhibition state. Since the winning ball is in the state, the winning ball cannot enter the first and second specific recesses v1 and v2, but can move from the first distribution section 80A to the second distribution section 80B. That is, the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 generated during the small hit opening period of the fifth small hit is guided to the first distribution unit 80A, and has a 0% probability of the first and second specific recesses v1, v2. Enter one of the balls. Then, when the winning ball enters any of the first, third, and fifth non-specific recesses h1, h3, and h5 in the first distribution section 80A, the winning ball moves to the second distribution section 80B. There is a 25% chance that the ball will enter one of the specific recesses v3 and v4. When the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters any of the 3rd and 4th specified recesses v3 and v4, it develops from the 4th small hit to the 16R big hit (type 2 big hit).

すなわち、実施例3のパチンコ機10では、中央入賞装置50の上特別入賞口51に入賞したパチンコ球を複数のうち1つの振分部80Aに導き、該1つの振分部80Aで振り分けられたパチンコ球を他の振分部80Bの何れかに導くことで、上特別入賞口51への入賞球の特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球し得る振分タイミングを複数回発生させることにより、遊技の興趣を高めることができる。また、複数種類の小当り遊技状態(第1小当りと第2小当り)で生起させる小当り開放期間において、上特別入賞口51への入賞球が特定凹部v1,v2,v3,v4に入球する確率・期待値が互いに同様となるものの、各小当り開放期間の振分部80A,80Bの態様(入球許容状態となる凹部v1~v4,h1~h4の種類)を互いに異ならせることで、振分部80A,80Bの態様が単調になるのを防ぐことができる。 That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the pachinko balls that have won the special winning opening 51 on the central winning device 50 are guided to one of the plurality of distribution units 80A, and are distributed by the one distribution unit 80A. By guiding the pachinko ball to any of the other distribution units 80B, the distribution timings that can enter the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4 of the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 are generated multiple times. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the interest of the game. In addition, during the small hit opening period that occurs in a plurality of types of small hit gaming states (first small hit and second small hit), the winning ball to the upper special winning opening 51 enters the specific recesses v1, v2, v3, v4. Although the probability and expected value of the ball are similar to each other, the modes of the distribution units 80A and 80B (the types of the recesses v1 to v4 and h1 to h4 that allow the ball to enter) in each small hit opening period are different from each other. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the embodiments of the distribution units 80A and 80B from becoming monotonous.

(変更例)
本発明は、前述の実施例に限定されず、以下の如く変更することも可能である。
(1) 実施例1~3では、第1遊技状態(小当り遊技状態)の開始以降の第1時点から第2時点までの間に特別入賞口(上特別入賞口)に入賞した遊技球の特定入球領域(特定凹部)への入球確率が、第2時点以降に入賞した遊技球の特定入球領域への入球確率よりも高確率となり、第1~第3小当りの小当り開放期間のうち最も早いタイミングで生起される第1小当りの小当り開放期間での入賞球が最も高確率で特定入球領域に入球するよう構成したが、第2小当りや第3小当りの小当り開放期間での入賞球が最も高確率で特定入球領域に入球するよう構成してもよい。
この他、第1遊技状態(小当り遊技状態)の開始以降の前記第2時点(例えば図10に示すt2時点)から第3時点(例えば図10に示すt4時点)までの間に特別入賞口(上特別入賞口)に入賞した遊技球の特定入球領域(特定凹部)への入球確率が、第3時点以降に入賞した遊技球の特定入球領域への入球確率よりも低確率となるように構成してもよく、この場合には、第1遊技状態(小当り遊技状態)の開始から長い時間にわたり、特別入賞口への入賞が遊技者に有利な(入賞球が特定入球領域に入球し易い)タイミングで発生することへの期待感を維持し得る。
(2) 実施例1では、振分部に2つの特定入球領域(特定凹部)を備えたが、振分部に1つまたは3つ以上の特定入球領域を備えるように構成してもよい。また、実施例2では、特定入球領域(特定凹部)を複数の振分部に同数(2つ)ずつ備えたが、各振分部に備えられる特定入球領域の数を異ならせてもよい。例えば、一方の振分部のみに特定入球領域を備えるように構成してもよい。
(3) 実施例1では、振分部に6つの非特定入球領域(非特定凹部)を備えたが、振分部に1つ以上5つ以下または7つ以上の特定入球領域を備えるように構成してもよい。また、実施例2では、非特定入球領域(非特定凹部)を複数の振分部に同数(6つ)ずつ備えたが、各振分部に備えられる特定入球領域の数を異ならせてもよい。例えば、一方の振分部のみに特定入球領域を備えるように構成してもよい。
(4) 実施例1~3では、特別入賞口(上特別入賞口)への入賞球と接触し得る位置で動作する可動体として、第1遊技状態(小当り遊技状態)中に振分部の特定入球領域を入球許容状態および入球阻害状態に変化させるシャッタ(特定シャッタ)と、第1遊技状態(小当り遊技状態)中に振分部の非特定入球領域を入球許容状態および入球阻害状態に変化させるシャッタ(非特定シャッタ)とを備え、遊技機の電源断が発生した際に振分部の全ての入球領域が各シャッタにより入球阻害状態となって特別入賞口(上特別入賞口)への入賞球が振分部内に滞留するように構成したが、特定入球領域を常に入球許容状態とする(特定シャッタを備えない)構成としてもよい。なおこの場合に、特別入賞口への入賞球を電源断から復電時まで振分部に停留させるには、電源断時にのみ作動する(第1遊技状態に対応する作動を行わない)電断時作動部材(別の可動体)を備え、電源断時に応じて電断時作動部材を作動させることで全ての入球領域を入球阻害状態とするように構成する。
(5) 実施例1~3では、演出内容についての具体的な説明を省略したが、第1遊技状態に関する種々の演出を採用することができる。
例えば、所定の演出(表示演出、発光演出、音声演出)を行うことによって、第1遊技状態(小当り遊技状態)が生起されるか否かや、生起される第1遊技状態の種類(小当り開放期間がどのようなタイミングで開始されるかや、特定入球領域への入球が生じ易いか否か)等の、第1遊技状態に関する期待度を、事前に示唆するようにしてもよい。このような演出の一例として、始動入賞口への入賞を契機とする判定処理(小当り判定)で当りの判定結果となる確率が高められる特典遊技状態(高ベース状態)での最初の図柄変動演出において、次回以降の図柄変動演出の結果(前述の第1遊技状態に関する期待度)を示唆する先読み演出を、始動入賞情報(始動保留情報)に基づいて行うようにすることができる。
(6) 実施例1~3では、第2始動入賞口への入賞を契機として決定可能な特図2の小当り図柄の種類(第2始動入賞口への入賞を契機として生起可能な第1遊技状態の種類)を1種類のみとしたが、複数種類としてもよい。また、第1始動入賞口への入賞を契機として決定可能な特図1の小当り図柄の種類(第1始動入賞口への入賞を契機として生起可能な第1遊技状態の種類)を2種類としたが、1種類または3種類以上としてもよい。
(7) 実施例1では、振分部の2つの特定入球領域を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させる可動体(シャッタ)を備えたが、2つのうち一方の特定入球領域のみに対応して可動体を備えてもよいし、両方の特定入球領域を常に入球許容状態とする(特定入球領域に対応する可動体を備えない)ようにしてもよい。この場合には例えば、実施例1の振分部の構成として実施例2における第1・第2振分部の何れかの構成を適用することができる。なおこの場合に、実施例1において予備状態とした期間(図10におけるt1時点からt2時点まで)が、不利状態とした期間(図10におけるt6時点からt7時点まで)と同態様となる。
(8) 実施例1では、振分部の2つの特定入球領域を入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変化させる可動体(シャッタ)を備える一方、どの第1遊技状態においても特別入賞口への入賞球が各特定入球領域を入球阻害状態とする期間に振分部に到達しないように構成したが、到達し得るように構成してもよい。この場合には例えば、実施例1における不利状態での特定入球領域に対応する可動体(特定シャッタ)の態様を、実施例3における後振分・有利状態または後振分・不利状態での特定入球領域に対応する可動体(特定シャッタ)の態様に変更することができる。
(9) 実施例2,3では、第1・第2振分部における複数の入球領域の一部を、常に入球許容状態とされる入球領域(可動体により開閉されない入球領域)として設けたが、第1・第2振分部のうち少なくとも何れかを、全ての入球領域が入球許容状態・入球阻害状態に変更可能な振分部として設けてもよい。この場合には例えば、実施例2,3における第1・第2振分部の何れかの構成を、実施例1における振分部の構成に変更することができる。
(10) 上記の他、遊技機の特定の構成(例えば振分部)や特定の制御内容(例えば第1遊技状態に関する制御)について、実施例1~3を適宜に組み合わせた構成を採用し得る。
(Change example)
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be modified as follows.
(1) In Examples 1 to 3, the game ball that has won the special winning opening (upper special winning opening) between the first time point and the second time point after the start of the first gaming state (small hit gaming state). The probability of entering the specific entry area (specific recess) is higher than the probability of entering the specific entry area of the game ball won after the second time point, and the first to third small hits are small hits. Small hit of the first small hit that occurs at the earliest timing of the opening period The winning ball in the opening period is configured to enter the specific entry area with the highest probability, but the second small hit and the third small The winning ball in the small hit opening period may be configured to enter the specific entry area with the highest probability.
In addition, the special winning opening is between the second time point (for example, t2 time point shown in FIG. 10) and the third time point (for example, t4 time point shown in FIG. 10) after the start of the first game state (small hit game state). The probability of entering the specific entry area (specific recess) of the game ball that won the (upper special winning opening) is lower than the probability of entering the specific entry area of the game ball that won after the third time point. In this case, it is advantageous for the player to win the special winning opening for a long time from the start of the first gaming state (small hit gaming state) (the winning ball is specified). It is possible to maintain the expectation that it will occur at the timing (easy to enter the ball area).
(2) In the first embodiment, the distribution section is provided with two specific ball entry areas (specific recesses), but the distribution section may be configured to have one or three or more specific ball entry areas. good. Further, in the second embodiment, the same number (two) of specific ball entry regions (specific recesses) are provided in each of the plurality of distribution sections, but the number of specific ball entry areas provided in each distribution section may be different. good. For example, a specific ball entry region may be provided only in one of the distribution sections.
(3) In Example 1, the distribution section is provided with six non-specific ball entry areas (non-specific recesses), but the distribution section is provided with one or more, five or less, or seven or more specific ball entry areas. It may be configured as follows. Further, in the second embodiment, the same number (six) of non-specific ball entry regions (non-specific recesses) are provided in each of the plurality of distribution sections, but the number of specific ball entry areas provided in each distribution section is different. You may. For example, a specific ball entry region may be provided only in one of the distribution sections.
(4) In Examples 1 to 3, as a movable body that operates at a position where it can come into contact with the winning ball to the special winning opening (upper special winning opening), the distribution unit is in the first gaming state (small hit gaming state). A shutter (specific shutter) that changes the specific ball entry area of the ball into a ball entry allowance state and a ball entry inhibition state, and a non-specific ball entry area of the distribution portion during the first gaming state (small hit game state). It is equipped with a shutter (non-specific shutter) that changes the state and the ball entry obstruction state, and when the power of the gaming machine is cut off, all the ball entry areas of the distribution part are in the ball entry obstruction state by each shutter. Although the winning ball to the winning opening (upper special winning opening) is configured to stay in the distribution section, the specific entering area may always be in the admissible state (not provided with the specific shutter). In this case, in order to stop the winning ball in the special winning opening at the distribution section from the power cut to the time of power recovery, the power is cut off only when the power is turned off (the operation corresponding to the first gaming state is not performed). A time-actuated member (another movable body) is provided, and by operating the time-actuated member in response to a power failure, the entire ball entry region is configured to be in a ball entry obstruction state.
(5) In Examples 1 to 3, although the specific description of the effect content is omitted, various effects related to the first gaming state can be adopted.
For example, whether or not the first game state (small hit game state) is generated by performing a predetermined effect (display effect, light emission effect, voice effect), and the type of the first game state (small) that is generated. Even if it suggests in advance the degree of expectation regarding the first game state, such as when the hit opening period starts and whether or not the ball is likely to enter the specific ball entry area). good. As an example of such an effect, the first symbol change in the privilege game state (high base state) in which the probability of winning judgment result is increased in the judgment process (small hit judgment) triggered by winning the starting winning opening. In the production, a look-ahead effect that suggests the result of the symbol variation effect (expectation degree regarding the first game state described above) from the next time onward can be performed based on the start winning information (start hold information).
(6) In Examples 1 to 3, the type of small hit symbol of special figure 2 that can be determined by winning the second start winning opening (the first that can occur triggered by winning the second starting winning opening). Although only one type of game state) is used, a plurality of types may be used. In addition, there are two types of small hit symbols in Special Figure 1 that can be determined by winning the first start winning slot (types of the first gaming state that can occur when winning the first starting winning slot). However, one type or three or more types may be used.
(7) In Example 1, a movable body (shutter) that changes two specific ball entry regions of the distribution portion into a ball entry allowance state and a ball entry inhibition state is provided, but one of the two specific ball entry regions is provided. A movable body may be provided corresponding to only, or both specific entry areas may be always in a ball entry allowable state (a movable body corresponding to the specific entry area may not be provided). In this case, for example, as the configuration of the distribution unit of the first embodiment, any of the first and second distribution units of the second embodiment can be applied. In this case, the period in which the preliminary state is set in Example 1 (from the time point t1 to the time point t2 in FIG. 10) is the same as the period in which the state is in a disadvantageous state (from the time point t6 to the time point t7 in FIG. 10).
(8) In the first embodiment, a movable body (shutter) that changes two specific ball entry regions of the distribution portion into a ball entry allowance state and a ball entry inhibition state is provided, while a special winning opening is provided in any first gaming state. Although it is configured so that the winning ball does not reach the distribution part during the period in which each specific entry area is in the ball entry inhibition state, it may be configured so that it can reach. In this case, for example, the mode of the movable body (specific shutter) corresponding to the specific ball entry region in the disadvantageous state in the first embodiment is the backward distribution / advantageous state or the backward distribution / disadvantageous state in the third embodiment. The mode of the movable body (specific shutter) corresponding to the specific ball entry region can be changed.
(9) In Examples 2 and 3, a part of a plurality of ball entry areas in the first and second distribution sections is always in a ball entry allowance state (ball entry area that is not opened and closed by a movable body). However, at least one of the first and second distribution units may be provided as a distribution unit in which all the ball entry regions can be changed to the ball entry allowance state / ball entry inhibition state. In this case, for example, the configuration of any of the first and second distribution units in Examples 2 and 3 can be changed to the configuration of the distribution unit in Example 1.
(10) In addition to the above, a configuration in which Examples 1 to 3 are appropriately combined may be adopted for a specific configuration (for example, a distribution unit) of the gaming machine and a specific control content (for example, control regarding the first gaming state). ..

21 遊技領域
31 第1始動入賞口(始動入賞口)
32 第2始動入賞口(始動入賞口)
51 上特別入賞口(特別入賞口)
60a 主制御CPU(遊技制御手段)
80 振分部
91a 非特定1シャッタ(可動体)
92a 非特定2シャッタ(可動体)
93a 特定シャッタ(可動体)
h1 第1非特定凹部(入球領域、非特定入球領域)
h2 第2非特定凹部(入球領域、非特定入球領域)
h3 第3非特定凹部(入球領域、非特定入球領域)
h4 第4非特定凹部(入球領域、非特定入球領域)
h5 第5非特定凹部(入球領域、非特定入球領域)
h6 第6非特定凹部(入球領域、非特定入球領域)
v1 第1特定凹部(入球領域、特定入球領域)
v2 第2特定凹部(入球領域、特定入球領域)
21 Game area 31 1st start winning opening (starting winning opening)
32 2nd start winning opening (starting winning opening)
51 Top special winning opening (special winning opening)
60a Main control CPU (game control means)
80 Distribution unit 91a Non-specific 1 shutter (movable body)
92a Non-specific 2 shutter (movable body)
93a Specific shutter (movable body)
h1 First non-specific recess (ball entry area, non-specific entry area)
h2 Second non-specific recess (ball entry area, non-specific entry area)
h3 Third non-specific recess (ball entry area, non-specific entry area)
h4 4th non-specific recess (ball entry area, non-specific entry area)
h5 5th non-specific recess (ball entry area, non-specific entry area)
h6 6th non-specific recess (ball entry area, non-specific entry area)
v1 First specific recess (ball entry area, specific ball entry area)
v2 Second specific recess (ball entry area, specific ball entry area)

Claims (2)

遊技領域に設けられて遊技球が入賞可能な始動入賞口および特別入賞口と、前記始動入賞口への遊技球の入賞を契機として判定処理を実行し、該判定処理の結果が特定結果となった場合に、前記特別入賞口に遊技球が入賞可能な第1遊技状態を生起させる遊技制御手段と、前記特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を複数の入球領域に振り分ける振分部とを備え、前記第1遊技状態中に前記複数の入球領域のうち特定入球領域に遊技球が入球したことを契機として遊技者に有利な第2遊技状態を生起させる遊技機において、
前記振分部は、前記特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球を前記複数の入球領域の何れかを通じて前記遊技領域外に排出するように構成され、前記複数の入球領域として、1つ以上の前記特定入球領域と、複数の非特定入球領域とを有すると共に、前記特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球と接触し得る位置に可動体を有し、
前記遊技制御手段は、
複数種類の前記第1遊技状態を生起可能であり、
前記可動体による一定の動作を前記第1遊技状態の種類に関わらず共通のタイミングで開始させる一方、該第1遊技状態の種類に応じて異なる開放期間に前記特別入賞口を開放して遊技球の入賞を許容するよう構成されていると共に、
前記可動体の前記一定の動作による位置変化に応じて少なくとも1つの前記非特定入球領域を入球許容形態および入球阻害形態の一方から他方に切り替えることで、前記特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球の前記特定入球領域への入球確率を変化させるよう構成されている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
Judgment processing is executed with the starting winning opening and the special winning opening provided in the gaming area where the gaming ball can win, and the winning of the gaming ball to the starting winning opening, and the result of the determination processing becomes a specific result. In this case, the special winning opening is provided with a game control means for causing a first gaming state in which the gaming ball can be won, and a distribution unit for distributing the gaming ball winning in the special winning opening to a plurality of entry areas. In a gaming machine that causes a second gaming state advantageous to the player when a gaming ball enters a specific entry region among the plurality of entry regions during the first gaming state.
The distribution unit is configured to discharge the game ball that has won the special winning opening to the outside of the game area through any of the plurality of ball entry areas, and the plurality of ball entry areas are one or more. It has the specific entry area and a plurality of non-specific entry areas, and has a movable body at a position where it can come into contact with the game ball that has won the special winning opening.
The game control means is
It is possible to generate multiple types of the first gaming state,
While a certain movement by the movable body is started at a common timing regardless of the type of the first gaming state, the special winning opening is opened at different opening periods according to the type of the first gaming state to play a game ball. It is configured to allow the winning of the prize, and
A game in which the special winning opening is won by switching at least one of the non-specific entry regions from one of the entry allowance form and the entry inhibition form to the other in response to a change in the position of the movable body due to the constant movement. A gaming machine characterized in that it is configured to change the probability of a ball entering the specific entry region.
前記可動体の前記一定の動作による位置変化に応じて、前記第1遊技状態の開始以降の第1時点から第2時点までの間に前記特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球の前記特定入球領域への入球確率が、該第2時点以降に前記特別入賞口に入賞した遊技球の前記特定入球領域への入球確率より高確率となるように構成され、
前記複数の第1遊技状態のうち何れかの前記第1遊技状態は、前記第1時点から前記第2時点までの間を前記開放期間として含むように設定されている請求項1記載の遊技機。
The specific entry area of the game ball that has won the special winning opening between the first time point and the second time point after the start of the first gaming state in response to the position change due to the constant movement of the movable body. The probability of entering a ball is configured to be higher than the probability of a game ball winning in the special winning opening after the second time point entering the specific entry area.
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the first gaming state of any of the plurality of first gaming states is set to include a period from the first time point to the second time point as the opening period. ..
JP2020197182A 2020-11-27 2020-11-27 game machine Active JP7269659B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020197182A JP7269659B2 (en) 2020-11-27 2020-11-27 game machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020197182A JP7269659B2 (en) 2020-11-27 2020-11-27 game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2022085473A true JP2022085473A (en) 2022-06-08
JP7269659B2 JP7269659B2 (en) 2023-05-09

Family

ID=81892675

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2020197182A Active JP7269659B2 (en) 2020-11-27 2020-11-27 game machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7269659B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7375559B2 (en) 2020-01-09 2023-11-08 スズキ株式会社 Vehicle transmission

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010005110A (en) * 2008-06-26 2010-01-14 Olympia:Kk Pinball game machine
JP2015128475A (en) * 2014-01-06 2015-07-16 株式会社高尾 Pinball game machine

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010005110A (en) * 2008-06-26 2010-01-14 Olympia:Kk Pinball game machine
JP2015128475A (en) * 2014-01-06 2015-07-16 株式会社高尾 Pinball game machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7269659B2 (en) 2023-05-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6267670B2 (en) Game machine
JP6190845B2 (en) Game machine
JP6301283B2 (en) Game machine
JP2022085473A (en) Game machine
JP6345640B2 (en) Game machine
JP2018015343A (en) Game machine
JP7377557B2 (en) gaming machine
JP7377558B2 (en) gaming machine
JP6193296B2 (en) Game machine
JP7058887B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP6777954B2 (en) Game machine
JP6235949B2 (en) Game machine
JP6383374B2 (en) Game machine
JP6273305B2 (en) Game machine
JP6564420B2 (en) Game machine
JP6273230B2 (en) Game machine
JP6301282B2 (en) Game machine
JP7456630B2 (en) gaming machine
JP6777953B2 (en) Game machine
JP7456629B2 (en) gaming machine
JP6765139B2 (en) Game machine
JP7058886B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP7083169B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP6383373B2 (en) Game machine
JP6370319B2 (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20211214

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20221101

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20221104

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20221227

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20230328

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20230417

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 7269659

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150